| File: | libsynthesis/src/sysync/mimedirprofile.cpp |
| Warning: | line 2185, column 11 Value stored to 'firstunwritten' is never read |
| 1 | /* |
| 2 | * File: mimedirprofile.cpp |
| 3 | * |
| 4 | * Author: Lukas Zeller (luz@plan44.ch) |
| 5 | * |
| 6 | * TMimeDirItemType |
| 7 | * base class for MIME DIR based content types (vCard, vCalendar...) |
| 8 | * |
| 9 | * Copyright (c) 2001-2011 by Synthesis AG + plan44.ch |
| 10 | * |
| 11 | * 2009-01-09 : luz : created from mimediritemtype.cpp |
| 12 | * |
| 13 | */ |
| 14 | |
| 15 | // includes |
| 16 | #include "prefix_file.h" |
| 17 | #include "sysync.h" |
| 18 | #include "vtimezone.h" |
| 19 | #include "rrules.h" |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include "mimedirprofile.h" |
| 22 | #include "mimediritemtype.h" |
| 23 | |
| 24 | #include "syncagent.h" |
| 25 | |
| 26 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 27 | |
| 28 | using namespace sysync; |
| 29 | |
| 30 | |
| 31 | namespace sysync { |
| 32 | |
| 33 | |
| 34 | // mime-DIR mode names |
| 35 | const char * const mimeModeNames[numMimeModes] = { |
| 36 | "old", |
| 37 | "standard" |
| 38 | }; |
| 39 | |
| 40 | |
| 41 | // VTIMEZONE generation modes |
| 42 | const char * const VTimeZoneGenModes[numVTimeZoneGenModes] = { |
| 43 | "current", |
| 44 | "start", |
| 45 | "end", |
| 46 | "range", |
| 47 | "openend" |
| 48 | }; |
| 49 | |
| 50 | |
| 51 | // VTIMEZONE generation modes |
| 52 | const char * const VTzIdGenModes[numTzIdGenModes] = { |
| 53 | "default", |
| 54 | "olson" |
| 55 | }; |
| 56 | |
| 57 | |
| 58 | // enumeration modes |
| 59 | const char * const EnumModeNames[numEnumModes] = { |
| 60 | "translate", // translation from value to name and vice versa |
| 61 | "prefix", // translation of prefix while copying rest of string |
| 62 | "defaultname", // default name when translating from value to name |
| 63 | "defaultvalue", // default value when translating from name to value |
| 64 | "ignore" // ignore value or name |
| 65 | }; |
| 66 | |
| 67 | |
| 68 | // profile modes |
| 69 | const char * const ProfileModeNames[numProfileModes] = { |
| 70 | "custom", // custom profile |
| 71 | "vtimezones", // VTIMEZONE profile(s), expands to a VTIMEZONE for every time zone referenced by convmode TZID fields |
| 72 | }; |
| 73 | |
| 74 | |
| 75 | // Config |
| 76 | // ====== |
| 77 | |
| 78 | #pragma exceptions off |
| 79 | |
| 80 | // Type registry |
| 81 | |
| 82 | TMIMEProfileConfig::TMIMEProfileConfig(const char* aName, TConfigElement *aParentElement) : |
| 83 | TProfileConfig(aName,aParentElement) |
| 84 | { |
| 85 | fRootProfileP=NULL__null; // no profile yet |
| 86 | clear(); |
| 87 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::TMIMEProfileConfig |
| 88 | |
| 89 | |
| 90 | TMIMEProfileConfig::~TMIMEProfileConfig() |
| 91 | { |
| 92 | clear(); |
| 93 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::~TMIMEProfileConfig |
| 94 | |
| 95 | |
| 96 | // init defaults |
| 97 | void TMIMEProfileConfig::clear(void) |
| 98 | { |
| 99 | // init defaults |
| 100 | if (fRootProfileP) { |
| 101 | delete fRootProfileP; |
| 102 | fRootProfileP=NULL__null; // no profile any more |
| 103 | } |
| 104 | // init options |
| 105 | fUnfloatFloating = false; |
| 106 | fVTimeZoneGenMode = vtzgen_current; // show VTIMEZONE valid for current year (i.e. not dependent on record's time stamps) |
| 107 | fTzIdGenMode = tzidgen_default; // default TZIDs |
| 108 | // reset group building mechanism |
| 109 | #ifdef CONFIGURABLE_TYPE_SUPPORT1 |
| 110 | fLastProperty = NULL__null; |
| 111 | fPropertyGroupID = 1; // start at 1 (0=no group) |
| 112 | #endif |
| 113 | // clear inherited |
| 114 | inherited::clear(); |
| 115 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::clear |
| 116 | |
| 117 | #pragma exceptions reset |
| 118 | |
| 119 | |
| 120 | // handler factory |
| 121 | TProfileHandler *TMIMEProfileConfig::newProfileHandler(TMultiFieldItemType *aItemTypeP) |
| 122 | { |
| 123 | // check if fieldlists match as they should |
| 124 | if (aItemTypeP->getFieldDefinitions()!=fFieldListP) { |
| 125 | // profile is for another field list, cannot be used for this item type |
| 126 | return NULL__null; |
| 127 | } |
| 128 | // our handler is the text profile handler |
| 129 | return (TProfileHandler *)(new TMimeDirProfileHandler(this,aItemTypeP)); |
| 130 | } |
| 131 | |
| 132 | |
| 133 | #ifdef CONFIGURABLE_TYPE_SUPPORT1 |
| 134 | |
| 135 | |
| 136 | // get conversion mode, virtual, can be overridden by derivates |
| 137 | bool TMIMEProfileConfig::getConvMode(cAppCharP aText, sInt16 &aConvMode) |
| 138 | { |
| 139 | // separate options |
| 140 | size_t n=0; // no size |
| 141 | cAppCharP op = strchr(aText, '+'); |
| 142 | if (op) n = op-aText; |
| 143 | // check basic modes |
| 144 | if (op && n==0) { |
| 145 | // only options, no basic mode |
| 146 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_NONE0; |
| 147 | } |
| 148 | else { |
| 149 | // first item is basic mode |
| 150 | if (strucmp(aText,"none",n)==0) |
| 151 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_NONE0; |
| 152 | else if (strucmp(aText,"version",n)==0) |
| 153 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_VERSION1; |
| 154 | else if (strucmp(aText,"prodid",n)==0) |
| 155 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_PRODID2; |
| 156 | else if (strucmp(aText,"timestamp",n)==0) |
| 157 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_TIMESTAMP3; |
| 158 | else if (strucmp(aText,"date",n)==0) |
| 159 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_DATE4; |
| 160 | else if (strucmp(aText,"autodate",n)==0) |
| 161 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_AUTODATE5; |
| 162 | else if (strucmp(aText,"autoenddate",n)==0) |
| 163 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_AUTOENDDATE6; |
| 164 | else if (strucmp(aText,"tz",n)==0) |
| 165 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_TZ7; |
| 166 | else if (strucmp(aText,"daylight",n)==0) |
| 167 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_DAYLIGHT8; |
| 168 | else if (strucmp(aText,"tzid",n)==0) |
| 169 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_TZID9; |
| 170 | else if (strucmp(aText,"emptyonly",n)==0) |
| 171 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_EMPTYONLY10; |
| 172 | else if (strucmp(aText,"bitmap",n)==0) |
| 173 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_BITMAP11; |
| 174 | else if (strucmp(aText,"multimix",n)==0) |
| 175 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_MULTIMIX15; |
| 176 | else if (strucmp(aText,"blob_b64",n)==0) |
| 177 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_BLOB_B6412; |
| 178 | else if (strucmp(aText,"blob_auto",n)==0) |
| 179 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_BLOB_AUTO17; |
| 180 | else if (strucmp(aText,"mailto",n)==0) |
| 181 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_MAILTO13; |
| 182 | else if (strucmp(aText,"valuetype",n)==0) |
| 183 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_VALUETYPE14; |
| 184 | else if (strucmp(aText,"fullvaluetype",n)==0) |
| 185 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_FULLVALUETYPE16; |
| 186 | else if (strucmp(aText,"rrule",n)==0) |
| 187 | aConvMode = CONVMODE_RRULE20 +0; |
| 188 | else { |
| 189 | fail("'conversion' value '%s' is invalid",aText); |
| 190 | return false; |
| 191 | } |
| 192 | } |
| 193 | // now check for options flags and or them into conversion value |
| 194 | while (op) { |
| 195 | aText = op+1; // skip + |
| 196 | n = 0; |
| 197 | op = strchr(aText, '+'); |
| 198 | if (op) n = op-aText; |
| 199 | if (strucmp(aText,"extfmt",n)==0) |
| 200 | aConvMode |= CONVMODE_FLAG_EXTFMT0x0100; |
| 201 | else if (strucmp(aText,"millisec",n)==0) |
| 202 | aConvMode |= CONVMODE_FLAG_MILLISEC0x0200; |
| 203 | else { |
| 204 | fail("'conversion' option '%s' is invalid",aText); |
| 205 | return false; |
| 206 | } |
| 207 | } |
| 208 | return true; |
| 209 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::getConvMode |
| 210 | |
| 211 | |
| 212 | |
| 213 | |
| 214 | // private helper |
| 215 | bool TMIMEProfileConfig::getConvAttrs(const char **aAttributes, sInt16 &aFid, sInt16 &aConvMode, char &aCombSep) |
| 216 | { |
| 217 | // - get options |
| 218 | const char *fnam = getAttr(aAttributes,"field"); |
| 219 | if (fnam && *fnam!=0) { |
| 220 | // has field spec |
| 221 | // - find field ID |
| 222 | aFid = fFieldListP->fieldIndex(fnam); |
| 223 | if (aFid==VARIDX_UNDEFINED-128) { |
| 224 | fail("'field' '%s' does not exist in field list '%s'",fnam,fFieldListP->getName()); |
| 225 | return false; |
| 226 | } |
| 227 | } |
| 228 | // - get conversion mode |
| 229 | const char *conv = getAttr(aAttributes,"conversion"); |
| 230 | if (conv) { |
| 231 | if (!getConvMode(conv,aConvMode)) return false; |
| 232 | } |
| 233 | // - get combination char |
| 234 | const char *comb = getAttr(aAttributes,"combine"); |
| 235 | if (comb) { |
| 236 | if (strucmp(comb,"no")==0) |
| 237 | aCombSep=0; |
| 238 | else if (strucmp(comb,"lines")==0) |
| 239 | aCombSep='\n'; |
| 240 | else if (strlen(comb)==1) |
| 241 | aCombSep=*comb; |
| 242 | else { |
| 243 | fail("'combine' value '%s' is invalid",comb); |
| 244 | return false; |
| 245 | } |
| 246 | } |
| 247 | return true; // ok |
| 248 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::getConvAttrs |
| 249 | |
| 250 | |
| 251 | bool TMIMEProfileConfig::getMask(const char **aAttributes, const char *aName, TParameterDefinition *aParamP, TNameExtIDMap &aMask) |
| 252 | { |
| 253 | const char *m=getAttr(aAttributes,aName); |
| 254 | if (m) { |
| 255 | while (*m) { |
| 256 | // skip comma separators and spaces |
| 257 | if (*m==',' || *m<=0x20) { m++; continue; } |
| 258 | // decode substring |
| 259 | TParameterDefinition *paramP = aParamP; // default param |
| 260 | size_t n=0; |
| 261 | while(m[n]>0x20 && m[n]!=',') { |
| 262 | if (m[n]=='.') { |
| 263 | // qualified enum, search param |
| 264 | paramP=fOpenProperty->findParameter(m,n); |
| 265 | if (!paramP) { |
| 266 | fail("Unknown param '%s' referenced in '%s'",m,aName); |
| 267 | return false; |
| 268 | } |
| 269 | m+=n+1; // set start to enum name |
| 270 | n=0; // start anew |
| 271 | continue; // prevent increment |
| 272 | } |
| 273 | n++; |
| 274 | } |
| 275 | if (!paramP) { |
| 276 | fail("Enum value must be qualified with parameter name: '%s'",m); |
| 277 | return false; |
| 278 | } |
| 279 | TNameExtIDMap msk = paramP->getExtIDbit(m,n); |
| 280 | if (msk==0) { |
| 281 | fail("'%s' is not an enum of parameter '%s'",m,paramP->paramname.c_str()); |
| 282 | return false; |
| 283 | } |
| 284 | aMask = aMask | msk; |
| 285 | m+=n; // advance pointer |
| 286 | } |
| 287 | } |
| 288 | return true; // ok; |
| 289 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::getMask |
| 290 | |
| 291 | |
| 292 | bool TMIMEProfileConfig::processPosition(TParameterDefinition *aParamP, const char **aAttributes) |
| 293 | { |
| 294 | // <position has="TYPE.HOME" hasnot="FAX,CELL" shows="VOICE" |
| 295 | // field="TEL_HOME" repeat="4" increment="1" minshow="0"/> |
| 296 | // - get maps |
| 297 | TNameExtIDMap hasmap=0; |
| 298 | TNameExtIDMap hasnotmap=0; |
| 299 | TNameExtIDMap showsmap=0; |
| 300 | if (!getMask(aAttributes,"has",aParamP,hasmap)) return false; // failed |
| 301 | if (!getMask(aAttributes,"hasnot",aParamP,hasnotmap)) return false; // failed |
| 302 | if (!getMask(aAttributes,"shows",aParamP,showsmap)) return false; // failed |
| 303 | // - get field |
| 304 | sInt16 fid=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128; |
| 305 | const char *fnam = getAttr(aAttributes,"field"); |
| 306 | if (fnam) { |
| 307 | fid = fFieldListP->fieldIndex(fnam); |
| 308 | if (fid==VARIDX_UNDEFINED-128) |
| 309 | return !fail("'field' '%s' does not exist in field list '%s'",fnam,fFieldListP->getName()); |
| 310 | } |
| 311 | // - calculate offset from first specified value field in property |
| 312 | sInt16 fidoffs=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128; |
| 313 | if (fid>=0) { |
| 314 | for (sInt16 k=0; k<fOpenProperty->numValues; k++) { |
| 315 | fidoffs=fOpenProperty->convdefs[k].fieldid; |
| 316 | if (fidoffs>=0) break; // found field offset |
| 317 | } |
| 318 | if (fidoffs<0) |
| 319 | return !fail("property '%s' does not have any field assigned, cannot use 'position'",fOpenProperty->propname.c_str()); |
| 320 | // calc now |
| 321 | fidoffs=fid-fidoffs; |
| 322 | } |
| 323 | // - get repeat and increment |
| 324 | sInt16 repeat=1; // no repeat, no rewrite, but check other <position>s when property occurs again. |
| 325 | sInt16 incr=1; // inc by 1 |
| 326 | sInt16 minshow=-1; // auto mode, same as repeat |
| 327 | bool overwriteempty=true; // do not store empty repetitions |
| 328 | bool readonly=false; // not just a parsing alternative |
| 329 | sInt16 sharecountoffs=0; // no repeat counter sharing |
| 330 | // - check special maxrepeat values |
| 331 | const char *repval = getAttr(aAttributes,"repeat"); |
| 332 | if (repval) { |
| 333 | if (strucmp(repval,"rewrite")==0) repeat=REP_REWRITE0; |
| 334 | #ifdef ARRAYFIELD_SUPPORT1 |
| 335 | else if (strucmp(repval,"array")==0) repeat=REP_ARRAY32767; |
| 336 | #endif |
| 337 | else if (!StrToShort(repval,repeat)) |
| 338 | return !fail("expected number, 'rewrite' or 'array' in 'repeat'"); |
| 339 | } |
| 340 | // - increment and minshow |
| 341 | if ( |
| 342 | !getAttrShort(aAttributes,"increment",incr,true) || |
| 343 | !getAttrShort(aAttributes,"minshow",minshow,true) || |
| 344 | !getAttrShort(aAttributes,"sharepreviouscount",sharecountoffs,true) |
| 345 | ) |
| 346 | return !fail("number expected in 'increment', 'minshow' and 'sharepreviouscount'"); |
| 347 | // - overwrite empty |
| 348 | if (!getAttrBool(aAttributes,"overwriteempty",overwriteempty,true)) |
| 349 | return !fail("expected boolean value in 'overwriteempty'"); |
| 350 | // - read only position |
| 351 | if (!getAttrBool(aAttributes,"readonly",readonly,true)) |
| 352 | return !fail("expected boolean value in 'readonly'"); |
| 353 | // - create name extension (position) |
| 354 | fOpenProperty->addNameExt( |
| 355 | fRootProfileP,hasmap,hasnotmap,showsmap,fidoffs, |
| 356 | repeat,incr,minshow,overwriteempty,readonly,sharecountoffs |
| 357 | ); |
| 358 | expectEmpty(); // no contents (and not a separte nest level) |
| 359 | return true; // ok |
| 360 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::processPosition |
| 361 | |
| 362 | |
| 363 | // called at end of nested parsing level |
| 364 | void TMIMEProfileConfig::nestedElementEnd(void) |
| 365 | { |
| 366 | // - change mode |
| 367 | if (fOpenConvDef) fOpenConvDef=NULL__null; // done with value spec |
| 368 | else if (fOpenParameter) fOpenParameter=NULL__null; // done with paramater |
| 369 | else if (fOpenProperty) fOpenProperty=NULL__null; // done with property |
| 370 | else if (fOpenProfile) { |
| 371 | fOpenProfile=fOpenProfile->parentProfile; // back to parent profile (or NULL if root) |
| 372 | // groups do not span profiles |
| 373 | fLastProperty=NULL__null; |
| 374 | } |
| 375 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::nestedElementEnd |
| 376 | |
| 377 | |
| 378 | // config element parsing |
| 379 | bool TMIMEProfileConfig::localStartElement(const char *aElementName, const char **aAttributes, sInt32 aLine) |
| 380 | { |
| 381 | sInt16 nummand; |
| 382 | const char *nam; |
| 383 | const char *val; |
| 384 | const char *fnam; |
| 385 | sInt16 fid; |
| 386 | sInt16 convmode; |
| 387 | char combsep; |
| 388 | |
| 389 | // MIME profile. This is multi-level and therefore needs |
| 390 | // complicated parser. |
| 391 | if (fNest==0) { |
| 392 | // reset to root level |
| 393 | fOpenProfile=NULL__null; |
| 394 | fOpenProperty=NULL__null; |
| 395 | fOpenParameter=NULL__null; |
| 396 | fOpenConvDef=NULL__null; |
| 397 | } |
| 398 | // - parse generics |
| 399 | // - get MIME-DIR type dependency |
| 400 | TMimeDirMode modeDep = numMimeModes; // no mode dependency by default |
| 401 | sInt16 m; |
| 402 | cAppCharP modeDepName = getAttr(aAttributes,"onlyformode"); |
| 403 | if (modeDepName) { |
| 404 | if (!StrToEnum(mimeModeNames,numMimeModes,m,modeDepName)) |
| 405 | return fail("unknown 'onlyformode' attribute value '%s'",modeDepName); |
| 406 | else |
| 407 | modeDep=(TMimeDirMode)m; |
| 408 | } |
| 409 | // - now parse specifics |
| 410 | if (fOpenConvDef) { |
| 411 | if (strucmp(aElementName,"enum")==0) { |
| 412 | // <enum name="nam" value="val" mode="translate" positional="yes"> |
| 413 | // - get name and value |
| 414 | nam = getAttr(aAttributes,"name"); |
| 415 | val = getAttr(aAttributes,"value"); |
| 416 | // - get mode |
| 417 | TEnumMode mode=enm_translate; // default to translate |
| 418 | const char *mod=getAttr(aAttributes,"mode"); |
| 419 | if (mod) { |
| 420 | if (!StrToEnum(EnumModeNames,numEnumModes,m,mod)) |
| 421 | return fail("unknown 'mode' '%s'",mod); |
| 422 | else |
| 423 | mode=(TEnumMode)m; |
| 424 | } |
| 425 | // - get options |
| 426 | bool positional=fOpenParameter && fOpenParameter->extendsname; // default to parameter |
| 427 | if (!getAttrBool(aAttributes,"positional",positional,true)) |
| 428 | return fail("bad boolean value for 'positional'"); |
| 429 | if (fOpenParameter && positional && !fOpenParameter->extendsname) |
| 430 | return fail("'parameter' must have set 'positional' to use positional 'enum's"); |
| 431 | // check logic |
| 432 | if (mode!=enm_default_value && mode!=enm_ignore && (!nam || *nam==0)) |
| 433 | return fail("non-default/non-positional 'enum' must have 'name' attribute"); |
| 434 | // 1:1 translation shortcut: if no value specified, use name as value |
| 435 | if (mode==enm_translate && !val) |
| 436 | val=nam; // use name as value |
| 437 | // default name and ignore can have no value (prefix can have empty value) |
| 438 | if (!positional && mode!=enm_default_name && mode!=enm_ignore && (!val || (*val==0 && mode!=enm_prefix))) |
| 439 | return fail("non-default 'enum' must have (possibly non-empty) 'value' attribute"); |
| 440 | // - create enum |
| 441 | if (positional) |
| 442 | fOpenConvDef->addEnumNameExt(fOpenProperty, nam,val,mode); |
| 443 | else |
| 444 | fOpenConvDef->addEnum(nam,val,mode); |
| 445 | expectEmpty(); // no contents (and not a separate nest level) |
| 446 | } |
| 447 | // none known here |
| 448 | else |
| 449 | return false; // parent is TConfigElement, no need to call inherited |
| 450 | } |
| 451 | else if (fOpenParameter) { |
| 452 | if (strucmp(aElementName,"value")==0) { |
| 453 | // <value field="N_FIRST" conversion="none" combine="no"/> |
| 454 | // - set default options |
| 455 | fid=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128; |
| 456 | convmode = CONVMODE_NONE0; |
| 457 | combsep = 0; |
| 458 | // - get other options of convdef |
| 459 | if (!getConvAttrs(aAttributes,fid,convmode,combsep)) return true; // failed |
| 460 | // - set convdef |
| 461 | fOpenConvDef = fOpenParameter->setConvDef(fid,convmode,combsep); |
| 462 | startNestedParsing(); |
| 463 | } |
| 464 | else if (strucmp(aElementName,"position")==0) { |
| 465 | // Position within parameter, enums reference this parameter without |
| 466 | // explicitly qualified enum names. To reference enums of other params, |
| 467 | // qualified names are allowed. |
| 468 | // <position has="TYPE.HOME" hasnot="FAX,CELL" shows="VOICE" field="TEL_HOME" repeat="4" increment="1"/> |
| 469 | if (!processPosition(fOpenParameter,aAttributes)) |
| 470 | return true; // failed |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | // none known here |
| 473 | else |
| 474 | return inherited::localStartElement(aElementName, aAttributes, aLine); // call inherited |
| 475 | } |
| 476 | else if (fOpenProperty) { |
| 477 | if (strucmp(aElementName,"value")==0) { |
| 478 | // <value index="1" field="N_FIRST" conversion="none" combine="no"/> |
| 479 | // - get index |
| 480 | sInt16 idx=0; |
| 481 | if (!getAttrShort(aAttributes,"index",idx,fOpenProperty->numValues==1)) // optional only for 1-value properties (or lists) |
| 482 | return fail("'index' missing or with invalid value"); |
| 483 | if (idx>=fOpenProperty->numValues) |
| 484 | return fail("'index' out of range (0..%hd)",fOpenProperty->numValues); |
| 485 | // - set default options |
| 486 | fid=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128; |
| 487 | convmode = CONVMODE_NONE0; |
| 488 | combsep = 0; |
| 489 | // - get other options of convdef |
| 490 | if (!getConvAttrs(aAttributes,fid,convmode,combsep)) |
| 491 | return true; // failed |
| 492 | // - set convdef |
| 493 | fOpenConvDef = fOpenProperty->setConvDef(idx,fid,convmode,combsep); |
| 494 | startNestedParsing(); |
| 495 | } |
| 496 | else if (strucmp(aElementName,"parameter")==0) { |
| 497 | // <parameter name="TYPE" default="yes" positional="yes"> |
| 498 | // - get name |
| 499 | nam = getAttr(aAttributes,"name"); |
| 500 | if (!nam || *nam==0) |
| 501 | return fail("'parameter' must have 'name' attribute"); |
| 502 | // - get options |
| 503 | bool positional=false; |
| 504 | bool defparam=false; |
| 505 | bool shownonempty=false; // don't show properties that have only param values, but no main value |
| 506 | bool showinctcap=false; // don't show parameter in CTCap by default |
| 507 | bool sharedfield=false; // assume traditional, unshared field for parameter |
| 508 | if ( |
| 509 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"sharedfield",sharedfield,true) || |
| 510 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"positional",positional,true) || |
| 511 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"default",defparam,true) || |
| 512 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"shownonempty",shownonempty,true) || |
| 513 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"show",showinctcap,true) || |
| 514 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"showindevinf",showinctcap,true) // synonymous with "show" for parameters (note that "show" on properties is no longer effective on purpose!) |
| 515 | ) |
| 516 | return fail("bad boolean value"); |
| 517 | // - add parameter |
| 518 | fOpenParameter = fOpenProperty->addParam(nam,defparam,positional,shownonempty,showinctcap,modeDep,sharedfield); |
| 519 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 520 | const char *depRuleName = getAttr(aAttributes,"rule"); |
| 521 | TCFG_ASSIGN(fOpenParameter->dependencyRuleName,depRuleName){ if (depRuleName) fOpenParameter->dependencyRuleName=depRuleName ; else fOpenParameter->dependencyRuleName.erase(); }; // save name for later resolving |
| 522 | #endif |
| 523 | startNestedParsing(); |
| 524 | } |
| 525 | else if (strucmp(aElementName,"position")==0) { |
| 526 | // Position outside parameter, enums must reference parameters using |
| 527 | // explicitly qualified enum names like "TYPE.HOME" |
| 528 | // <position has="TYPE.HOME" hasnot="TYPE.FAX,TYPE.CELL" shows="TYPE.VOICE" field="TEL_HOME" repeat="4" increment="1"/> |
| 529 | if (!processPosition(NULL__null,aAttributes)) |
| 530 | return true; // failed |
| 531 | } |
| 532 | // none known here |
| 533 | else |
| 534 | return inherited::localStartElement(aElementName, aAttributes, aLine); // call inherited |
| 535 | } |
| 536 | else if (fOpenProfile) { |
| 537 | if (strucmp(aElementName,"subprofile")==0) { |
| 538 | // <subprofile name="VTODO" nummandatory="1" field="KIND" value="TODO" showlevel="yes" showprops="yes"> |
| 539 | // <subprofile name="VTODO" nummandatory="1" useproperties="VEVENT" field="KIND" value="TODO" showlevel="yes" showprops="yes"> |
| 540 | // - starting a new subprofile starts a new property group anyway |
| 541 | fLastProperty=NULL__null; |
| 542 | // - get name |
| 543 | nam = getAttr(aAttributes,"name"); |
| 544 | if (!nam || *nam==0) |
| 545 | return fail("'subprofile' must have 'name' attribute"); |
| 546 | // - get profile mode |
| 547 | TProfileModes mode = profm_custom; |
| 548 | cAppCharP pfmode = getAttr(aAttributes,"mode"); |
| 549 | if (pfmode) { |
| 550 | if (!StrToEnum(ProfileModeNames,numProfileModes,m,pfmode)) |
| 551 | return fail("unknown profile 'mode' '%s'",pfmode); |
| 552 | else |
| 553 | mode=(TProfileModes)m; |
| 554 | } |
| 555 | // - check mode dependent params |
| 556 | TProfileDefinition *profileP = NULL__null; // no foreign properties by default |
| 557 | if (mode==profm_custom) { |
| 558 | // Custom profile |
| 559 | // - get number of mandatory properties |
| 560 | if (!getAttrShort(aAttributes,"nummandatory",nummand,false)) |
| 561 | return fail ("missing or bad 'nummandatory' specification"); |
| 562 | // - check if using properties of other profile |
| 563 | const char *use = getAttr(aAttributes,"useproperties"); |
| 564 | if (use) { |
| 565 | profileP = fRootProfileP->findProfile(use); |
| 566 | if (!profileP) |
| 567 | return fail("unknown profile '%s' specified in 'useproperties'",use); |
| 568 | expectEmpty(true); // subprofile is a nest level, so we need to flag that (otherwise, nestedElementEnd() would not get called) |
| 569 | } |
| 570 | else { |
| 571 | // parsing nested elements in this TConfigElement |
| 572 | startNestedParsing(); |
| 573 | } |
| 574 | } |
| 575 | else { |
| 576 | // non-custom profiles are expected to be empty |
| 577 | expectEmpty(true); // subprofile is a nest level, so we need to flag that (otherwise, nestedElementEnd() would not get called) |
| 578 | } |
| 579 | // - get DevInf visibility options |
| 580 | bool showifselectedonly = false; // default: show anyway |
| 581 | if (!getAttrBool(aAttributes,"showifselectedonly",showifselectedonly,true)) |
| 582 | return fail("bad boolean value for showifselectedonly"); |
| 583 | // - create subprofile now |
| 584 | fOpenProfile = fOpenProfile->addSubProfile(nam,nummand,showifselectedonly,mode,modeDep); |
| 585 | // - add properties of other level if any |
| 586 | if (profileP) fOpenProfile->usePropertiesOf(profileP); |
| 587 | // - add level control field stuff, if any |
| 588 | fnam = getAttr(aAttributes,"field"); |
| 589 | if (fnam) { |
| 590 | // - "value" is optional, without a value subprofile is activated if field is non-empty |
| 591 | val = getAttr(aAttributes,"value"); |
| 592 | // - find field |
| 593 | fid = fFieldListP->fieldIndex(fnam); |
| 594 | if (fid==VARIDX_UNDEFINED-128) |
| 595 | return fail("'field' '%s' does not exist in field list '%s'",fnam,fFieldListP->getName()); |
| 596 | // - set level control convdef |
| 597 | TConversionDef *cdP = fOpenProfile->setConvDef(fid); // set field ID of level control field |
| 598 | if (val) |
| 599 | cdP->addEnum("",val,enm_translate); // set value to be set into level control field when level is entered |
| 600 | } |
| 601 | } |
| 602 | else if (strucmp(aElementName,"property")==0) { |
| 603 | // <property name="VERSION" rule="other" values="1" mandatory="no" show="yes" suppressempty="no" delayedparsing="0"> |
| 604 | // - get name |
| 605 | nam = getAttr(aAttributes,"name"); |
| 606 | if (!nam || *nam==0) |
| 607 | return fail("'property' must have 'name' attribute"); |
| 608 | // - check grouping |
| 609 | if (!fLastProperty || strucmp(TCFG_CSTR(fLastProperty->propname)fLastProperty->propname.c_str(),nam)!=0) { |
| 610 | // first property in group |
| 611 | fPropertyGroupID++; // new group ID |
| 612 | } |
| 613 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 614 | // - get rule dependency |
| 615 | bool isRuleDep=false; |
| 616 | const char *depRuleName = getAttr(aAttributes,"rule"); |
| 617 | if (depRuleName) { |
| 618 | isRuleDep=true; |
| 619 | if (strucmp(depRuleName,"other")==0) { |
| 620 | // "other" rule (property is active if no other property from the group gets active) |
| 621 | depRuleName=NULL__null; |
| 622 | } |
| 623 | } |
| 624 | #endif |
| 625 | // - get number of values |
| 626 | sInt16 numval=1; // default to 1 |
| 627 | const char *nvs = getAttr(aAttributes,"values"); |
| 628 | if (nvs) { |
| 629 | if (strucmp(nvs,"list")==0) numval=NUMVAL_LIST-1; |
| 630 | else if (strucmp(nvs,"expandedlist")==0) numval=NUMVAL_REP_LIST-2; |
| 631 | else if (!StrToShort(nvs,numval)) |
| 632 | return fail("invalid value in 'values' attribute"); |
| 633 | } |
| 634 | // - get options |
| 635 | bool mandatory = false; |
| 636 | bool showprop = true; // show property in devInf by default |
| 637 | bool suppressempty = false; |
| 638 | bool allowFoldAtSep = false; |
| 639 | bool canfilter = false; // 3.2.0.9 onwards: do not show filter caps by default (devInf gets too large) |
| 640 | if ( |
| 641 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"mandatory",mandatory,true) || |
| 642 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"showindevinf",showprop,true) || // formerly just called "show" (but renamed to make it ineffective in old configs as new engine prevents duplicates automatically) |
| 643 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"suppressempty",suppressempty,true) || |
| 644 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"filter",canfilter,true) || |
| 645 | !getAttrBool(aAttributes,"foldbetween",allowFoldAtSep,true) |
| 646 | ) return fail("bad boolean value"); |
| 647 | const char *valsep= getAttr(aAttributes,"valueseparator"); |
| 648 | if (!valsep) valsep=";"; // default to semicolon if not defined |
| 649 | const char *altvalsep= getAttr(aAttributes,"altvalueseparator"); |
| 650 | if (!altvalsep) altvalsep=""; // default to none if not defined |
| 651 | // - group field ID |
| 652 | sInt16 groupFieldID = FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128; // no group field ID by default |
| 653 | cAppCharP gfin = getAttr(aAttributes, "groupfield"); |
| 654 | if (gfin) { |
| 655 | groupFieldID = fFieldListP->fieldIndex(gfin); |
| 656 | if (groupFieldID==VARIDX_UNDEFINED-128) { |
| 657 | fail("'groupfield' '%s' does not exist in field list '%s'",gfin,fFieldListP->getName()); |
| 658 | return false; |
| 659 | } |
| 660 | } |
| 661 | // - delayed processing |
| 662 | sInt16 delayedprocessing=0; // default to 0 |
| 663 | if (!getAttrShort(aAttributes,"delayedparsing",delayedprocessing,true)) |
| 664 | return fail ("bad 'delayedparsing' specification"); |
| 665 | // - create property now and open new level of parsing |
| 666 | fOpenProperty=fOpenProfile->addProperty(nam, numval, mandatory, showprop, suppressempty, delayedprocessing, *valsep, fPropertyGroupID, canfilter, modeDep, *altvalsep, groupFieldID, allowFoldAtSep); |
| 667 | fLastProperty=fOpenProperty; // for group checking |
| 668 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 669 | // - add rule dependency (pointer will be resolved later) |
| 670 | fOpenProperty->dependsOnRemoterule=isRuleDep; |
| 671 | fOpenProperty->ruleDependency=NULL__null; // not known yet |
| 672 | TCFG_ASSIGN(fOpenProperty->dependencyRuleName,depRuleName){ if (depRuleName) fOpenProperty->dependencyRuleName=depRuleName ; else fOpenProperty->dependencyRuleName.erase(); }; // save name for later resolving |
| 673 | #endif |
| 674 | startNestedParsing(); |
| 675 | } |
| 676 | // none known here |
| 677 | else |
| 678 | return inherited::localStartElement(aElementName, aAttributes, aLine); // call inherited |
| 679 | } |
| 680 | else { |
| 681 | if (strucmp(aElementName,"profile")==0) { |
| 682 | // <profile name="VCARD" nummandatory="2"> |
| 683 | if (fRootProfileP) |
| 684 | return fail("'profile' cannot be defined more than once"); |
| 685 | // new profile starts new property group |
| 686 | fLastProperty=NULL__null; |
| 687 | // get name |
| 688 | nam = getAttr(aAttributes,"name"); |
| 689 | if (!nam || *nam==0) |
| 690 | return fail("'profile' must have 'name' attribute"); |
| 691 | // - get number of mandatory properties |
| 692 | if (!getAttrShort(aAttributes,"nummandatory",nummand,false)) |
| 693 | return fail ("missing or bad 'nummandatory' specification"); |
| 694 | // create root profile |
| 695 | fRootProfileP = new TProfileDefinition(NULL__null,nam,nummand,false,profm_custom,numMimeModes); // root needs no selection to be shown, is always a custom profile, and not mode dependent |
| 696 | // parsing nested elements in this TConfigElement |
| 697 | fOpenProfile=fRootProfileP; // current open profile |
| 698 | startNestedParsing(); |
| 699 | } |
| 700 | else if (strucmp(aElementName,"unfloattimestamps")==0) |
| 701 | expectBool(fUnfloatFloating); |
| 702 | else if (strucmp(aElementName,"vtimezonegenmode")==0) |
| 703 | expectEnum(sizeof(fVTimeZoneGenMode),&fVTimeZoneGenMode,VTimeZoneGenModes,numVTimeZoneGenModes); |
| 704 | else if (strucmp(aElementName,"tzidgenmode")==0) |
| 705 | expectEnum(sizeof(fTzIdGenMode),&fTzIdGenMode,VTzIdGenModes,numTzIdGenModes); |
| 706 | // none known here |
| 707 | else |
| 708 | return inherited::localStartElement(aElementName, aAttributes, aLine); |
| 709 | } |
| 710 | // ok |
| 711 | return true; |
| 712 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::localStartElement |
| 713 | |
| 714 | |
| 715 | |
| 716 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 717 | // resolve remote rule dependencies in profile (recursive) |
| 718 | static void resolveRemoteRuleDeps(TProfileDefinition *aProfileP, TAgentConfig *aSessionConfigP) |
| 719 | { |
| 720 | TProfileDefinition *profileP = aProfileP; |
| 721 | while (profileP) { |
| 722 | // resolve properties |
| 723 | TPropertyDefinition *propP = profileP->propertyDefs; |
| 724 | while (propP) { |
| 725 | // check for rule-dependent props |
| 726 | if (propP->dependsOnRemoterule) { |
| 727 | propP->ruleDependency=NULL__null; // assume the "other" rule entry |
| 728 | if (!TCFG_ISEMPTY(propP->dependencyRuleName)propP->dependencyRuleName.empty()) { |
| 729 | // find remote rule |
| 730 | TRemoteRulesList::iterator pos; |
| 731 | for(pos=aSessionConfigP->fRemoteRulesList.begin();pos!=aSessionConfigP->fRemoteRulesList.end();pos++) { |
| 732 | if (strucmp(TCFG_CSTR(propP->dependencyRuleName)propP->dependencyRuleName.c_str(),(*pos)->getName())==0) { |
| 733 | // found rule by name |
| 734 | propP->ruleDependency=(*pos); |
| 735 | break; |
| 736 | } |
| 737 | } |
| 738 | if (propP->ruleDependency==NULL__null) { |
| 739 | string s; |
| 740 | StringObjPrintf(s,"property '%s' depends on unknown rule '%s'",TCFG_CSTR(propP->propname)propP->propname.c_str(),TCFG_CSTR(propP->dependencyRuleName)propP->dependencyRuleName.c_str()); |
| 741 | SYSYNC_THROW(TConfigParseException(s.c_str()))throw TConfigParseException(s.c_str()); |
| 742 | } |
| 743 | } // rule specified |
| 744 | } |
| 745 | |
| 746 | // also fix rule-dependent parameters |
| 747 | TParameterDefinition *paramP = propP->parameterDefs; |
| 748 | while (paramP) { |
| 749 | if (!TCFG_ISEMPTY(paramP->dependencyRuleName)paramP->dependencyRuleName.empty()) { |
| 750 | TRemoteRulesList::iterator pos; |
| 751 | for(pos=aSessionConfigP->fRemoteRulesList.begin();pos!=aSessionConfigP->fRemoteRulesList.end();pos++) { |
| 752 | if (strucmp(TCFG_CSTR(paramP->dependencyRuleName)paramP->dependencyRuleName.c_str(),(*pos)->getName())==0) { |
| 753 | paramP->ruleDependency=(*pos); |
| 754 | break; |
| 755 | } |
| 756 | } |
| 757 | if (paramP->ruleDependency==NULL__null) { |
| 758 | string s; |
| 759 | StringObjPrintf(s,"parameter '%s' in property '%s' depends on unknown rule '%s'", |
| 760 | TCFG_CSTR(paramP->paramname)paramP->paramname.c_str(), |
| 761 | TCFG_CSTR(propP->propname)propP->propname.c_str(), |
| 762 | TCFG_CSTR(propP->dependencyRuleName)propP->dependencyRuleName.c_str()); |
| 763 | SYSYNC_THROW(TConfigParseException(s.c_str()))throw TConfigParseException(s.c_str()); |
| 764 | } |
| 765 | } |
| 766 | paramP = paramP->next; |
| 767 | } |
| 768 | |
| 769 | // next |
| 770 | propP=propP->next; |
| 771 | } |
| 772 | // resolve subprofiles |
| 773 | resolveRemoteRuleDeps(profileP->subLevels,aSessionConfigP); |
| 774 | // next |
| 775 | profileP=profileP->next; |
| 776 | } |
| 777 | } // resolveRemoteRuleDeps |
| 778 | #endif |
| 779 | |
| 780 | // resolve |
| 781 | void TMIMEProfileConfig::localResolve(bool aLastPass) |
| 782 | { |
| 783 | if (aLastPass) { |
| 784 | // check for required settings |
| 785 | if (!fRootProfileP) |
| 786 | SYSYNC_THROW(TConfigParseException("empty 'mimeprofile' not allowed"))throw TConfigParseException("empty 'mimeprofile' not allowed" ); |
| 787 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 788 | // recursively resolve remote rule dependencies in all properties |
| 789 | resolveRemoteRuleDeps( |
| 790 | fRootProfileP, |
| 791 | static_cast<TAgentConfig *>(static_cast<TRootConfig *>(getRootElement())->fAgentConfigP) |
| 792 | ); |
| 793 | #endif |
| 794 | } |
| 795 | // resolve inherited |
| 796 | inherited::localResolve(aLastPass); |
| 797 | } // TMIMEProfileConfig::localResolve |
| 798 | |
| 799 | #endif // CONFIGURABLE_TYPE_SUPPORT |
| 800 | |
| 801 | |
| 802 | |
| 803 | |
| 804 | |
| 805 | |
| 806 | // implementation of MIME-DIR info classes |
| 807 | |
| 808 | #pragma exceptions off |
| 809 | #define EXCEPTIONS_HERE1 0 |
| 810 | |
| 811 | |
| 812 | TEnumerationDef::TEnumerationDef(const char *aEnumName, const char *aEnumVal, TEnumMode aMode, sInt16 aNameExtID) |
| 813 | { |
| 814 | next=NULL__null; |
| 815 | TCFG_ASSIGN(enumtext,aEnumName){ if (aEnumName) enumtext=aEnumName; else enumtext.erase(); }; |
| 816 | TCFG_ASSIGN(enumval,aEnumVal){ if (aEnumVal) enumval=aEnumVal; else enumval.erase(); }; |
| 817 | enummode=aMode; |
| 818 | nameextid=aNameExtID; |
| 819 | } // TEnumerationDef::TEnumerationDef |
| 820 | |
| 821 | |
| 822 | TEnumerationDef::~TEnumerationDef() |
| 823 | { |
| 824 | // make sure entire chain gets deleted |
| 825 | if (next) delete next; |
| 826 | } // TEnumerationDef::~TEnumerationDef |
| 827 | |
| 828 | |
| 829 | |
| 830 | TConversionDef::TConversionDef() |
| 831 | { |
| 832 | fieldid=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128; |
| 833 | enumdefs=NULL__null; |
| 834 | convmode=0; |
| 835 | combineSep=0; |
| 836 | } // TConversionDef::TConversionDef |
| 837 | |
| 838 | |
| 839 | TConversionDef::~TConversionDef() |
| 840 | { |
| 841 | // make sure enum list gets deleted |
| 842 | if (enumdefs) delete enumdefs; |
| 843 | } // TEnumerationDef::~TEnumerationDef |
| 844 | |
| 845 | |
| 846 | TConversionDef *TConversionDef::setConvDef( |
| 847 | sInt16 aFieldId, |
| 848 | sInt16 aConvMode, |
| 849 | char aCombSep |
| 850 | ) |
| 851 | { |
| 852 | fieldid=aFieldId; |
| 853 | convmode=aConvMode; |
| 854 | combineSep=aCombSep; |
| 855 | return this; |
| 856 | } // TConversionDef::setConvDef |
| 857 | |
| 858 | |
| 859 | const TEnumerationDef *TConversionDef::findEnumByName(const char *aName, sInt16 n) |
| 860 | const |
| 861 | { |
| 862 | TEnumerationDef *enumP = enumdefs; |
| 863 | TEnumerationDef *defaultenumP = NULL__null; |
| 864 | while(enumP) { |
| 865 | // check plain match |
| 866 | if ( |
| 867 | (enumP->enummode==enm_translate || enumP->enummode==enm_ignore) && |
| 868 | strucmp(aName,TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.c_str(),n)==0 |
| 869 | ) break; // found full match |
| 870 | // check prefix match |
| 871 | else if ( |
| 872 | enumP->enummode==enm_prefix && |
| 873 | (TCFG_SIZE(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.size()==0 || strucmp(aName,TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.c_str(),TCFG_SIZE(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.size())==0) |
| 874 | ) break; // found prefix match (or prefix entry with no text, which means match as well) |
| 875 | // otherwise: remember if this is a default |
| 876 | else if (enumP->enummode==enm_default_value) { |
| 877 | // default value entry |
| 878 | defaultenumP=enumP; // anyway: remember default value entry |
| 879 | // allow searching default value by name (for "has","hasnot" parsing via getExtIDbit()) |
| 880 | if (!(TCFG_ISEMPTY(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.empty()) && strucmp(aName,TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.c_str(),n)==0) |
| 881 | break; // found named default value |
| 882 | } |
| 883 | // check next |
| 884 | enumP=enumP->next; |
| 885 | } |
| 886 | return enumP ? enumP : defaultenumP; |
| 887 | } // TConversionDef::findEnumByName |
| 888 | |
| 889 | |
| 890 | const TEnumerationDef *TConversionDef::findEnumByVal(const char *aVal, sInt16 n) |
| 891 | const |
| 892 | { |
| 893 | TEnumerationDef *enumP = enumdefs; |
| 894 | TEnumerationDef *defaultenumP = NULL__null; |
| 895 | while(enumP) { |
| 896 | // check full match |
| 897 | if ( |
| 898 | (enumP->enummode==enm_translate || enumP->enummode==enm_ignore) && |
| 899 | strucmp(aVal,TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumval)enumP->enumval.c_str(),n)==0 |
| 900 | ) break; // found |
| 901 | // check prefix match |
| 902 | else if ( |
| 903 | enumP->enummode==enm_prefix && |
| 904 | (TCFG_SIZE(enumP->enumval)enumP->enumval.size()==0 || strucmp(aVal,TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumval)enumP->enumval.c_str(),TCFG_SIZE(enumP->enumval)enumP->enumval.size())==0) |
| 905 | ) break; // found prefix match (or prefix entry with no value, which means match as well) |
| 906 | // remember if this is a default |
| 907 | else if (enumP->enummode == enm_default_name) defaultenumP=enumP; // remember default |
| 908 | // check next |
| 909 | enumP=enumP->next; |
| 910 | } |
| 911 | return enumP ? enumP : defaultenumP; |
| 912 | } // TConversionDef::findEnumByVal |
| 913 | |
| 914 | |
| 915 | void TConversionDef::addEnum(const char *aEnumName, const char *aEnumVal, TEnumMode aMode) |
| 916 | { |
| 917 | TEnumerationDef **enumPP = &enumdefs; |
| 918 | while(*enumPP!=NULL__null) enumPP=&((*enumPP)->next); // find last in chain |
| 919 | *enumPP = new TEnumerationDef(aEnumName,aEnumVal,aMode); // w/o name extension |
| 920 | } // TConversionDef::addEnum |
| 921 | |
| 922 | |
| 923 | |
| 924 | // add enum for name extension, auto-creates property-unique name extension ID |
| 925 | void TConversionDef::addEnumNameExt(TPropertyDefinition *aProp, const char *aEnumName, const char *aEnumVal, TEnumMode aMode) |
| 926 | { |
| 927 | TEnumerationDef **enumPP = &enumdefs; |
| 928 | while(*enumPP!=NULL__null) enumPP=&((*enumPP)->next); // find last in chain |
| 929 | if (aProp->nextNameExt>31) |
| 930 | #if EXCEPTIONS_HERE1 |
| 931 | SYSYNC_THROW(TSyncException(DEBUGTEXT("more than 32 name extensions","mdit3")))throw TSyncException("more than 32 name extensions"); |
| 932 | #else |
| 933 | return; // silently ignore |
| 934 | #endif |
| 935 | *enumPP = new TEnumerationDef(aEnumName,aEnumVal, aMode, aProp->nextNameExt++); |
| 936 | } // TConversionDef::addEnumNameExt |
| 937 | |
| 938 | |
| 939 | TParameterDefinition::TParameterDefinition( |
| 940 | const char *aName, bool aDefault, bool aExtendsName, bool aShowNonEmpty, bool aShowInCTCap, TMimeDirMode aModeDep |
| 941 | , bool aSharedField) { |
| 942 | next=NULL__null; |
| 943 | TCFG_ASSIGN(paramname,aName){ if (aName) paramname=aName; else paramname.erase(); }; |
| 944 | defaultparam=aDefault; |
| 945 | extendsname=aExtendsName; |
| 946 | shownonempty=aShowNonEmpty; |
| 947 | showInCTCap=aShowInCTCap; |
| 948 | sharedField=aSharedField; |
| 949 | modeDependency=aModeDep; |
| 950 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 951 | ruleDependency=NULL__null; |
| 952 | TCFG_CLEAR(dependencyRuleName)dependencyRuleName.erase(); |
| 953 | #endif |
| 954 | } // TParameterDefinition::TParameterDefinition |
| 955 | |
| 956 | |
| 957 | TParameterDefinition::~TParameterDefinition() |
| 958 | { |
| 959 | if (next) delete next; |
| 960 | } // TParameterDefinition::~TParameterDefinition |
| 961 | |
| 962 | |
| 963 | TNameExtIDMap TParameterDefinition::getExtIDbit(const char *aEnumName, sInt16 n) |
| 964 | { |
| 965 | const TEnumerationDef *enumP=convdef.findEnumByName(aEnumName,n); |
| 966 | if (enumP) { |
| 967 | return ((TNameExtIDMap)1<<enumP->nameextid); |
| 968 | } |
| 969 | return 0; |
| 970 | } // TParameterDefinition::getExtIDbit |
| 971 | |
| 972 | |
| 973 | TPropNameExtension::TPropNameExtension( |
| 974 | TNameExtIDMap aMusthave_ids, TNameExtIDMap aForbidden_ids, TNameExtIDMap aAddtlSend_ids, |
| 975 | sInt16 aFieldidoffs, sInt16 aMaxRepeat, sInt16 aRepeatInc, sInt16 aMinShow, |
| 976 | bool aOverwriteEmpty, bool aReadOnly, sInt16 aRepeatID |
| 977 | ) { |
| 978 | next=NULL__null; |
| 979 | musthave_ids=aMusthave_ids; |
| 980 | forbidden_ids=aForbidden_ids; |
| 981 | addtlSend_ids=aAddtlSend_ids; |
| 982 | fieldidoffs=aFieldidoffs; |
| 983 | maxRepeat=aMaxRepeat; |
| 984 | repeatInc=aRepeatInc; |
| 985 | minShow=aMinShow; |
| 986 | overwriteEmpty=aOverwriteEmpty; |
| 987 | readOnly=aReadOnly; |
| 988 | repeatID=aRepeatID; |
| 989 | } // TPropNameExtension::TPropNameExtension |
| 990 | |
| 991 | |
| 992 | TPropNameExtension::~TPropNameExtension() |
| 993 | { |
| 994 | if (next) delete next; |
| 995 | } // TPropNameExtension::~TPropNameExtension |
| 996 | |
| 997 | |
| 998 | TPropertyDefinition::TPropertyDefinition(const char* aName, sInt16 aNumVals, bool aMandatory, bool aShowInCTCap, bool aSuppressEmpty, uInt16 aDelayedProcessing, char aValuesep, char aAltValuesep, uInt16 aPropertyGroupID, bool aCanFilter, TMimeDirMode aModeDep, sInt16 aGroupFieldID, bool aAllowFoldAtSep) |
| 999 | { |
| 1000 | next = NULL__null; |
| 1001 | TCFG_ASSIGN(propname,aName){ if (aName) propname=aName; else propname.erase(); }; |
| 1002 | nameExts = NULL__null; // none yet |
| 1003 | nextNameExt = 0; // no enums with name extensions defined yet for this property |
| 1004 | valuelist = false; // no value list by default |
| 1005 | expandlist = false; // not expanding value list into repeating property by default |
| 1006 | valuesep = aValuesep; // separator for structured-value and value-list properties |
| 1007 | altvaluesep = aAltValuesep; // alternate separator for structured-value and value-list properties (for parsing only) |
| 1008 | allowFoldAtSep = aAllowFoldAtSep; // allow folding at value separators even if it inserts a space at the end of the previous value |
| 1009 | groupFieldID = aGroupFieldID; // fid for field that contains the group tag (prefix to the property name, like "a" in "a.TEL:079122327") |
| 1010 | propGroup = aPropertyGroupID; // property group ID |
| 1011 | // check if this is an unprocessed wildcard property |
| 1012 | unprocessed = strchr(aName, '*')!=NULL__null; |
| 1013 | // check value list |
| 1014 | if (aNumVals==NUMVAL_LIST-1 || aNumVals==NUMVAL_REP_LIST-2) { |
| 1015 | // value list |
| 1016 | valuelist = true; |
| 1017 | expandlist = aNumVals==NUMVAL_REP_LIST-2; |
| 1018 | numValues = 1; // we accept a single convdef only |
| 1019 | } |
| 1020 | else { |
| 1021 | // individual values |
| 1022 | numValues = aNumVals; |
| 1023 | } |
| 1024 | // create convdefs array |
| 1025 | convdefs = new TConversionDef[numValues]; |
| 1026 | parameterDefs = NULL__null; // none yet |
| 1027 | mandatory = aMandatory; |
| 1028 | showInCTCap = aShowInCTCap; |
| 1029 | canFilter = aCanFilter; |
| 1030 | suppressEmpty = aSuppressEmpty; |
| 1031 | delayedProcessing = aDelayedProcessing; |
| 1032 | modeDependency = aModeDep; |
| 1033 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 1034 | // not dependent on rule yet (as rules do not exists at TPropertyDefinition creation, |
| 1035 | // dependency will be added later, if any) |
| 1036 | dependsOnRemoterule = false; |
| 1037 | ruleDependency = NULL__null; |
| 1038 | #endif |
| 1039 | } // TPropertyDefinition::TPropertyDefinition |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | TPropertyDefinition::~TPropertyDefinition() |
| 1043 | { |
| 1044 | // delete name extensions |
| 1045 | if (nameExts) delete nameExts; |
| 1046 | // delete convdefs array |
| 1047 | if (convdefs) delete [] convdefs; |
| 1048 | // delete parameter definitions |
| 1049 | if (parameterDefs) delete parameterDefs; |
| 1050 | // delete rest of chain |
| 1051 | if (next) delete next; |
| 1052 | } // TPropertyDefinition::~TPropertyDefinition |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | TConversionDef *TPropertyDefinition::setConvDef(sInt16 aValNum, sInt16 aFieldId,sInt16 aConvMode,char aCombSep) |
| 1056 | { |
| 1057 | if (aValNum<0 || aValNum>=numValues) |
| 1058 | #if EXCEPTIONS_HERE1 |
| 1059 | SYSYNC_THROW(TSyncException(DEBUGTEXT("setConvDef for Property with bad value number","mdit4")))throw TSyncException("setConvDef for Property with bad value number" ); |
| 1060 | #else |
| 1061 | return NULL__null; // silently ignore |
| 1062 | #endif |
| 1063 | return convdefs[aValNum].setConvDef(aFieldId,aConvMode,aCombSep); |
| 1064 | }; // TPropertyDefinition::TConversionDef |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | void TPropertyDefinition::addNameExt(TProfileDefinition *aRootProfile, // for profile-global RepID generation |
| 1068 | TNameExtIDMap aMusthave_ids, TNameExtIDMap aForbidden_ids, TNameExtIDMap aAddtlSend_ids, |
| 1069 | sInt16 aFieldidoffs, sInt16 aMaxRepeat, sInt16 aRepeatInc, sInt16 aMinShow, |
| 1070 | bool aOverwriteEmpty, bool aReadOnly, sInt16 aShareCountOffs |
| 1071 | ) |
| 1072 | { |
| 1073 | TPropNameExtension **namextPP = &nameExts; |
| 1074 | while(*namextPP!=NULL__null) namextPP=&((*namextPP)->next); // find last in chain |
| 1075 | if (aMinShow<0) { |
| 1076 | if (aMaxRepeat==REP_ARRAY32767) |
| 1077 | aMinShow=0; // by default, show nothing if array is empty |
| 1078 | else |
| 1079 | aMinShow=aMaxRepeat; // auto mode, show all repetitions |
| 1080 | } |
| 1081 | *namextPP = new TPropNameExtension( |
| 1082 | aMusthave_ids,aForbidden_ids,aAddtlSend_ids,aFieldidoffs, |
| 1083 | aMaxRepeat,aRepeatInc,aMinShow,aOverwriteEmpty,aReadOnly, |
| 1084 | // readOnly alternative parsing <position> might want to share the |
| 1085 | // repeat count with previous <position> occurrences |
| 1086 | aShareCountOffs ? aRootProfile->nextRepID-aShareCountOffs : aRootProfile->nextRepID++ |
| 1087 | ); |
| 1088 | } // TPropertyDefinition::addNameExt |
| 1089 | |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | TParameterDefinition *TPropertyDefinition::addParam( |
| 1092 | const char *aName, bool aDefault, bool aExtendsName, bool aShowNonEmpty, bool aShowInCTCap, TMimeDirMode aModeDep |
| 1093 | , bool aSharedField) |
| 1094 | { |
| 1095 | TParameterDefinition **paramPP = ¶meterDefs; |
| 1096 | while(*paramPP!=NULL__null) paramPP=&((*paramPP)->next); // find last in chain |
| 1097 | *paramPP = new TParameterDefinition(aName,aDefault,aExtendsName,aShowNonEmpty,aShowInCTCap, aModeDep, aSharedField); |
| 1098 | return *paramPP; |
| 1099 | } // TPropertyDefinition::addParam |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | // find parameter by name |
| 1103 | TParameterDefinition *TPropertyDefinition::findParameter(const char *aNam, sInt16 aLen) |
| 1104 | { |
| 1105 | TParameterDefinition *paramP = parameterDefs; |
| 1106 | while (paramP) { |
| 1107 | if (strucmp(aNam,TCFG_CSTR(paramP->paramname)paramP->paramname.c_str(),aLen)==0) |
| 1108 | return paramP; // found |
| 1109 | paramP=paramP->next; // next |
| 1110 | } |
| 1111 | // not found |
| 1112 | return NULL__null; |
| 1113 | } // TPropertyDefinition::findParameter |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | TProfileDefinition::TProfileDefinition( |
| 1117 | TProfileDefinition *aParentProfileP, // parent profile |
| 1118 | const char *aProfileName, // name |
| 1119 | sInt16 aNumMandatory, |
| 1120 | bool aShowInCTCapIfSelectedOnly, |
| 1121 | TProfileModes aProfileMode, |
| 1122 | TMimeDirMode aModeDep |
| 1123 | ) |
| 1124 | { |
| 1125 | parentProfile=aParentProfileP; // NULL if root |
| 1126 | next=NULL__null; |
| 1127 | // set fields |
| 1128 | TCFG_ASSIGN(levelName,aProfileName){ if (aProfileName) levelName=aProfileName; else levelName.erase (); }; |
| 1129 | shownIfSelectedOnly = aShowInCTCapIfSelectedOnly; |
| 1130 | profileMode = aProfileMode; |
| 1131 | modeDependency = aModeDep; |
| 1132 | // init |
| 1133 | numMandatoryProperties=aNumMandatory; |
| 1134 | propertyDefs=NULL__null; |
| 1135 | subLevels=NULL__null; |
| 1136 | ownsProps=true; |
| 1137 | nextRepID=0; |
| 1138 | } // TProfileDefinition::TProfileDefinition |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | TProfileDefinition::~TProfileDefinition() |
| 1142 | { |
| 1143 | if (propertyDefs && ownsProps) delete propertyDefs; |
| 1144 | if (subLevels) delete subLevels; |
| 1145 | if (next) delete next; |
| 1146 | } // TProfileDefinition::~TProfileDefinition |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | TProfileDefinition *TProfileDefinition::addSubProfile( |
| 1150 | const char *aProfileName, // name |
| 1151 | sInt16 aNumMandatory, |
| 1152 | bool aShowInCTCapIfSelectedOnly, |
| 1153 | TProfileModes aProfileMode, |
| 1154 | TMimeDirMode aModeDep |
| 1155 | ) |
| 1156 | { |
| 1157 | TProfileDefinition **profilePP=&subLevels; |
| 1158 | while (*profilePP!=NULL__null) profilePP=&((*profilePP)->next); |
| 1159 | *profilePP=new TProfileDefinition(this,aProfileName,aNumMandatory,aShowInCTCapIfSelectedOnly,aProfileMode,aModeDep); |
| 1160 | return *profilePP; |
| 1161 | } // TProfileDefinition::addSubProfile |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 | TPropertyDefinition *TProfileDefinition::addProperty( |
| 1165 | const char *aName, // name |
| 1166 | sInt16 aNumValues, // number of values |
| 1167 | bool aMandatory, // mandatory |
| 1168 | bool aShowInCTCap, // show in CTCap |
| 1169 | bool aSuppressEmpty, // suppress empty ones on send |
| 1170 | uInt16 aDelayedProcessing, // delayed processing when parsed, 0=immediate processing, 1..n=delayed |
| 1171 | char aValuesep, // value separator |
| 1172 | uInt16 aPropertyGroupID, // property group ID (alternatives for same-named properties should have same ID>0) |
| 1173 | bool aCanFilter, // can be filtered -> show in filter cap |
| 1174 | TMimeDirMode aModeDep, // property valid only for specific MIME mode |
| 1175 | char aAltValuesep, // alternate separator (for parsing) |
| 1176 | sInt16 aGroupFieldID, // group field ID |
| 1177 | bool aAllowFoldAtSep // allow folding at separators |
| 1178 | ) |
| 1179 | { |
| 1180 | TPropertyDefinition **propPP=&propertyDefs; |
| 1181 | while (*propPP!=NULL__null) propPP=&((*propPP)->next); |
| 1182 | *propPP=new TPropertyDefinition(aName,aNumValues,aMandatory,aShowInCTCap,aSuppressEmpty,aDelayedProcessing,aValuesep,aAltValuesep,aPropertyGroupID,aCanFilter,aModeDep,aGroupFieldID,aAllowFoldAtSep); |
| 1183 | // return new property |
| 1184 | return *propPP; |
| 1185 | } // TProfileDefinition::addProperty |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | void TProfileDefinition::usePropertiesOf(TProfileDefinition *aProfile) |
| 1189 | { |
| 1190 | ownsProps=false; |
| 1191 | propertyDefs=aProfile->propertyDefs; |
| 1192 | } // TProfileDefinition::usePropertiesOf |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | // find (sub)profile by name, recursively |
| 1196 | TProfileDefinition *TProfileDefinition::findProfile(const char *aNam) |
| 1197 | { |
| 1198 | // check myself |
| 1199 | if (levelName==aNam) return this; |
| 1200 | // check sublevels |
| 1201 | TProfileDefinition *lvlP = subLevels; |
| 1202 | TProfileDefinition *foundlvlP; |
| 1203 | while(lvlP) { |
| 1204 | foundlvlP=lvlP->findProfile(aNam); |
| 1205 | if (foundlvlP) return foundlvlP; |
| 1206 | lvlP=lvlP->next; |
| 1207 | } |
| 1208 | // does not match myself nor one of my sublevels |
| 1209 | return NULL__null; |
| 1210 | } // TProfileDefinition::findProfile |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | #pragma exceptions reset |
| 1213 | #undef EXCEPTIONS_HERE1 |
| 1214 | #define EXCEPTIONS_HERE1 TARGET_HAS_EXCEPTIONS1 |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | #ifdef OBJECT_FILTERING1 |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | // get property definition of given filter expression identifier. |
| 1220 | TPropertyDefinition *TProfileDefinition::getPropertyDef(const char *aPropName) |
| 1221 | { |
| 1222 | TPropertyDefinition *propP = NULL__null; |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | if (!aPropName) return propP; // no name, no fid |
| 1225 | // Depth first: search in subprofiles, if any |
| 1226 | TProfileDefinition *profileP = subLevels; |
| 1227 | while (profileP) { |
| 1228 | // search depth first |
| 1229 | if ((propP=profileP->getPropertyDef(aPropName))!=NULL__null) |
| 1230 | return propP; // found |
| 1231 | // test next profile |
| 1232 | profileP=profileP->next; |
| 1233 | } |
| 1234 | // now search my own properties |
| 1235 | propP = propertyDefs; |
| 1236 | while (propP) { |
| 1237 | // compare names |
| 1238 | if (strucmp(aPropName,TCFG_CSTR(propP->propname)propP->propname.c_str())==0) { |
| 1239 | return propP; |
| 1240 | } |
| 1241 | // test next property |
| 1242 | propP=propP->next; |
| 1243 | } |
| 1244 | // not found |
| 1245 | return NULL__null; |
| 1246 | } // TProfileDefinition::getPropertyDef |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | // get field index of given filter expression identifier. |
| 1250 | sInt16 TProfileDefinition::getPropertyMainFid(const char *aPropName, uInt16 aIndex) |
| 1251 | { |
| 1252 | sInt16 fid = VARIDX_UNDEFINED-128; |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 | // search property definition with matching name |
| 1255 | TPropertyDefinition *propP = getPropertyDef(aPropName); |
| 1256 | // search for first value with a field assigned |
| 1257 | if (propP) { |
| 1258 | // found property with matching name |
| 1259 | if (propP->convdefs) { |
| 1260 | if (aIndex==0) { |
| 1261 | // no index specified -> search first with a valid FID |
| 1262 | for (uInt16 i=0; i<propP->numValues; i++) { |
| 1263 | if ((fid=propP->convdefs[i].fieldid)!=VARIDX_UNDEFINED-128) |
| 1264 | return fid; // found a field index |
| 1265 | } |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | else { |
| 1268 | // index specified for multivalued properties -> return specified value's ID |
| 1269 | if (aIndex<=propP->numValues) { |
| 1270 | return propP->convdefs[aIndex-1].fieldid; |
| 1271 | } |
| 1272 | } |
| 1273 | } |
| 1274 | } |
| 1275 | // not found |
| 1276 | return VARIDX_UNDEFINED-128; |
| 1277 | } // TProfileDefinition::getPropertyMainFid |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | #endif // OBJECT_FILTERING |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | /* |
| 1285 | * Implementation of TMimeDirProfileHandler |
| 1286 | */ |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | TMimeDirProfileHandler::TMimeDirProfileHandler( |
| 1290 | TMIMEProfileConfig *aMIMEProfileCfgP, |
| 1291 | TMultiFieldItemType *aItemTypeP |
| 1292 | ) : TProfileHandler(aMIMEProfileCfgP, aItemTypeP) |
| 1293 | { |
| 1294 | // save profile config pointer |
| 1295 | fProfileCfgP = aMIMEProfileCfgP; |
| 1296 | fProfileDefinitionP = fProfileCfgP->fRootProfileP; |
| 1297 | // settable options defaults |
| 1298 | fMimeDirMode=mimo_standard; |
| 1299 | fReceiverCanHandleUTC = true; |
| 1300 | fVCal10EnddatesSameDay = false; // avoid 23:59:59 style end date by default |
| 1301 | fReceiverTimeContext = TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)); // none in particular |
| 1302 | fDontSendEmptyProperties = false; // send all defined properties |
| 1303 | fDefaultOutCharset = chs_utf8; // standard |
| 1304 | fDefaultInCharset = chs_utf8; // standard |
| 1305 | fDoQuote8BitContent = false; // no quoting needed per se |
| 1306 | fDoNotFoldContent = false; // standard requires folding |
| 1307 | fTreatRemoteTimeAsLocal = false; // only for broken implementations |
| 1308 | fTreatRemoteTimeAsUTC = false; // only for broken implementations |
| 1309 | fActiveRemoteRules.clear(); // no dependency on certain remote rules |
| 1310 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::TMimeDirProfileHandler |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 | TMimeDirProfileHandler::~TMimeDirProfileHandler() |
| 1314 | { |
| 1315 | // nop for now |
| 1316 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::~TTextProfileHandler |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | #ifdef OBJECT_FILTERING1 |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | // get field index of given filter expression identifier. |
| 1323 | sInt16 TMimeDirProfileHandler::getFilterIdentifierFieldIndex(const char *aIdentifier, uInt16 aIndex) |
| 1324 | { |
| 1325 | // search properties for field index |
| 1326 | return fProfileDefinitionP->getPropertyMainFid(aIdentifier, aIndex); |
| 1327 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::getFilterIdentifierFieldIndex |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | #endif // OBJECT_FILTERING |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | // parses enum value for CONVMODE_MULTIMIX |
| 1334 | // [offs.](Bx|Lzzzzzzz) |
| 1335 | // aN returns the bit number or the offset of the zzzzz literal within aMixVal, depending on aIsBitMap |
| 1336 | static bool mixvalparse(cAppCharP aMixVal, uInt16 &aOffs, bool &aIsBitMap, uInt16 &aN) |
| 1337 | { |
| 1338 | aOffs = 0; |
| 1339 | cAppCharP p = aMixVal; |
| 1340 | // check offset (2 digit max) |
| 1341 | if (isdigit(*p)) { |
| 1342 | p+=StrToUShort(p,aOffs,2); |
| 1343 | if (*p++ != '.') return false; // wrong syntax |
| 1344 | } |
| 1345 | // check command |
| 1346 | if (*p == 'B') { |
| 1347 | // bit number |
| 1348 | aIsBitMap = true; |
| 1349 | if (StrToUShort(p+1,aN,2)<1) return false; // wrong syntax |
| 1350 | } |
| 1351 | else if (*p=='L') { |
| 1352 | // literal, return position within string |
| 1353 | aIsBitMap = false; |
| 1354 | aN = p+1-aMixVal; // literal starts at this position |
| 1355 | } |
| 1356 | else |
| 1357 | return false; // unknown command |
| 1358 | return true; |
| 1359 | } // mixvalparse |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | // returns the size of the field block (how many fids in sequence) related |
| 1364 | // to a given convdef (for multi-field conversion modes such as CONVMODE_RRULE |
| 1365 | sInt16 TMimeDirProfileHandler::fieldBlockSize(const TConversionDef &aConvDef) |
| 1366 | { |
| 1367 | if ((aConvDef.convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF)==CONVMODE_RRULE20 +0) |
| 1368 | return 6; // RRULE fieldblock: DTSTART,FREQ,INTERVAL,FIRSTMASK,LASTMASK,UNTIL = 6 fields |
| 1369 | else |
| 1370 | return 1; // single field |
| 1371 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::fieldBlockSize |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | // special field translation (to be extended in derived classes) |
| 1376 | // Note: the string returned by this function will be scanned as a |
| 1377 | // value list if combinesep is set, and every single value will be |
| 1378 | // enum-translated if enums defined. |
| 1379 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::fieldToMIMEString( |
| 1380 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, // the item where data comes from |
| 1381 | sInt16 aFid, // the field ID (can be NULL for special conversion modes) |
| 1382 | sInt16 aArrIndex, // the repeat offset to handle array fields |
| 1383 | const TConversionDef *aConvDefP, // the conversion definition record |
| 1384 | string &aString // output string |
| 1385 | ) |
| 1386 | { |
| 1387 | const int maxmix = 10; |
| 1388 | uInt16 mixOffs[maxmix]; |
| 1389 | bool mixIsFlags[maxmix]; |
| 1390 | TEnumerationDef *enumP; |
| 1391 | uInt16 offs; bool isFlags; |
| 1392 | int nummix, i; |
| 1393 | fieldinteger_t flags; |
| 1394 | uInt16 bitNo; |
| 1395 | TTimestampField *tsFldP; |
| 1396 | TIntegerField *ifP; |
| 1397 | TStringField *sfP; |
| 1398 | timecontext_t tctx; |
| 1399 | lineartime_t ts; |
| 1400 | string s; |
| 1401 | // RRULE field block values |
| 1402 | char freq; // frequency |
| 1403 | char freqmod; // frequency modifier |
| 1404 | sInt16 interval; // interval |
| 1405 | fieldinteger_t firstmask; // day mask counted from the first day of the period |
| 1406 | fieldinteger_t lastmask; // day mask counted from the last day of the period |
| 1407 | lineartime_t until; // last day |
| 1408 | timecontext_t untilcontext; |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | // get pointer to leaf field |
| 1412 | TItemField *fldP = aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true); // existing array elements only |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | bool dateonly = false; // assume timestamp mode |
| 1415 | bool autodate = true; // show date-only values automatically as date-only, even if stored in a timestamp field |
| 1416 | bool extFmt = (aConvDefP->convmode & CONVMODE_FLAG_EXTFMT0x0100)!=0; |
| 1417 | bool milliSec = (aConvDefP->convmode & CONVMODE_FLAG_MILLISEC0x0200)!=0; |
| 1418 | sInt16 convmode = aConvDefP->convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF; |
| 1419 | switch (convmode) { |
| 1420 | // no special mode |
| 1421 | case CONVMODE_NONE0: |
| 1422 | case CONVMODE_EMPTYONLY10: |
| 1423 | // just get field as string |
| 1424 | if (!fldP) return false; // no field, no value |
| 1425 | if (!fldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) goto normal; |
| 1426 | // Based on timestamp |
| 1427 | // - handle date-only specially |
| 1428 | if (fldP->getType()==fty_date) |
| 1429 | goto dateonly; // date-only |
| 1430 | else |
| 1431 | goto timestamp; // others are treated as timestamps |
| 1432 | // date & time modes |
| 1433 | case CONVMODE_DATE4: // always show as date |
| 1434 | dateonly: |
| 1435 | dateonly = true; // render as date in all cases |
| 1436 | goto timestamp; |
| 1437 | case CONVMODE_AUTOENDDATE6: |
| 1438 | case CONVMODE_AUTODATE5: // show date-only as date in iCal 2.0 (mimo_standard), but always as timestamp for vCal 1.0 (mimo_old) |
| 1439 | if (fMimeDirMode==mimo_standard) goto timestamp; // use autodate if MIME-DIR format is not vCal 1.0 style |
| 1440 | // for vCal 1.0 style, always renders as timestamp (as date-only values are not allowed there) |
| 1441 | case CONVMODE_TIMESTAMP3: // always show as timestamp |
| 1442 | // get explictly as timestamp (even if field or field contents is date) |
| 1443 | autodate = false; // do not show as date, even if it is a date-only |
| 1444 | timestamp: |
| 1445 | if (!fldP) return false; // no field, no value |
| 1446 | if (!fldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) goto normal; |
| 1447 | // show as timestamp |
| 1448 | tsFldP = static_cast<TTimestampField *>(fldP); |
| 1449 | tctx = tsFldP->getTimeContext(); |
| 1450 | // check for auto-date |
| 1451 | if (autodate) { |
| 1452 | if (TCTX_IS_DATEONLY(tctx)) |
| 1453 | dateonly=true; |
| 1454 | } |
| 1455 | // check for special cases |
| 1456 | if (TCTX_IS_DURATION(tctx)) { |
| 1457 | // duration is shown as such |
| 1458 | tsFldP->getAsISO8601(aString, TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)) | TCTX_DURATION, false, false, extFmt, milliSec); |
| 1459 | } |
| 1460 | else if (dateonly) { |
| 1461 | // date-only are either floating or shown as date-only part of original timestamp |
| 1462 | tsFldP->getAsISO8601(aString, TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)) | TCTX_DATEONLY, false, false, extFmt, milliSec); |
| 1463 | } |
| 1464 | else if (fReceiverCanHandleUTC && !tsFldP->isFloating()) { |
| 1465 | // remote can handle UTC and the timestamp is not floating |
| 1466 | if (!TCTX_IS_UNKNOWN(fPropTZIDtctx)) { |
| 1467 | // if we have rendered a TZID for this property, this means that apparently the remote |
| 1468 | // supports TZID (otherwise the field would not be marked available in the devInf). |
| 1469 | // - show it as floating, explicitly with both date AND time (both flags set) |
| 1470 | tsFldP->getAsISO8601(aString, TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)) | TCTX_TIMEONLY | TCTX_DATEONLY, false, false, extFmt, milliSec); |
| 1471 | } |
| 1472 | else { |
| 1473 | // - show it as UTC |
| 1474 | tsFldP->getAsISO8601(aString, TCTX_UTC((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_UTC) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)), true, false, extFmt, milliSec); |
| 1475 | } |
| 1476 | } |
| 1477 | else { |
| 1478 | // remote cannot handle UTC or time is floating (possibly dateonly or duration) |
| 1479 | if (tsFldP->isFloating()) { |
| 1480 | // floating, show as-is |
| 1481 | ts = tsFldP->getTimestampAs(TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ))); |
| 1482 | if (ts==noLinearTime) |
| 1483 | aString.erase(); |
| 1484 | else { |
| 1485 | if (TCTX_IS_DATEONLY(tctx)) { |
| 1486 | // value is a date-only, but we must render it a datetime |
| 1487 | ts=lineartime2dateonlyTime(ts); // make time part 0:00:00 |
| 1488 | } |
| 1489 | // first check for auto-end-date (which must be floating) |
| 1490 | // Note: we don't get here with a date only mimo_standard because it will be catched above, so test is not really needed |
| 1491 | if (convmode==CONVMODE_AUTOENDDATE6 && fVCal10EnddatesSameDay && TCTX_IS_DATEONLY(tctx) && fMimeDirMode==mimo_old) |
| 1492 | ts-=1; // subtract one unit to make end show last time unit of previous day |
| 1493 | // now show as floating ISO8601 |
| 1494 | TimestampToISO8601Str(aString, ts, TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)), extFmt, milliSec); |
| 1495 | } |
| 1496 | } |
| 1497 | else { |
| 1498 | // not floating (=not a enddateonly), but we can't send UTC - render as localtime |
| 1499 | // in item time zone (which defaults to session time zone) |
| 1500 | tsFldP->getAsISO8601(aString, fItemTimeContext, false, false, extFmt, milliSec); |
| 1501 | } |
| 1502 | } |
| 1503 | return true; // found |
| 1504 | normal: |
| 1505 | // simply as string |
| 1506 | fldP->getAsString(aString); |
| 1507 | return true; // found |
| 1508 | case CONVMODE_TZ7: |
| 1509 | case CONVMODE_TZID9: |
| 1510 | case CONVMODE_DAYLIGHT8: |
| 1511 | // use now as default point in time for possible offset calculations |
| 1512 | ts = getSession()->getSystemNowAs(TCTX_SYSTEM((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_system) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ))); |
| 1513 | // if no field is specified, the item context is used (which defaults to |
| 1514 | // the session's user context) |
| 1515 | // Note that testing fldP is not enough, because an empty array will also cause fldP==NULL |
| 1516 | if (!fldP) { |
| 1517 | if (aFid!=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128) |
| 1518 | return false; // field not available (but conversion definition DOES refer to a field --> no time zone) |
| 1519 | // conversion definition does not refer to a field: use item context |
| 1520 | tctx = fItemTimeContext; |
| 1521 | } |
| 1522 | else if (fldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) { |
| 1523 | // time zone of a timestamp |
| 1524 | tsFldP = static_cast<TTimestampField *>(fldP); |
| 1525 | // - if floating time, we have no time zone |
| 1526 | if (tsFldP->isFloating() || tsFldP->isDuration()) return false; // floating or duration -> no time zone |
| 1527 | // - get context |
| 1528 | tctx = tsFldP->getTimeContext(); // get the context |
| 1529 | // - get the value |
| 1530 | ts = tsFldP->getTimestampAs(TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ))); |
| 1531 | // prevent generating TZID (and associated VTIMEZONES later) for empty timestamp |
| 1532 | if (ts==noLinearTime) return false; // no timestamp -> no time zone |
| 1533 | } |
| 1534 | else if (fldP->getCalcType()==fty_integer) { |
| 1535 | // integer field is simply a time zone offset in minutes |
| 1536 | tctx = TCTX_MINOFFSET(fldP->getAsInteger()); |
| 1537 | } |
| 1538 | else if (!fldP->isEmpty()) { |
| 1539 | // string field can be timezone name (internal or olson) or numeric minute offset |
| 1540 | fldP->getAsString(s); |
| 1541 | if (!TimeZoneNameToContext(s.c_str(),tctx,getSessionZones(), true)) { |
| 1542 | // if not recognized as time zone name, use integer value |
| 1543 | tctx = TCTX_MINOFFSET(fldP->getAsInteger()); |
| 1544 | } |
| 1545 | } |
| 1546 | else |
| 1547 | return false; // no TZ to show |
| 1548 | // if remote cannot handle UTC (i.e. only understands localtime), then make sure |
| 1549 | // the time zone shown is the general item zone (user zone). |
| 1550 | if (!fReceiverCanHandleUTC) { |
| 1551 | TzConvertTimestamp(ts,tctx,fItemTimeContext,getSessionZones()); |
| 1552 | tctx = fItemTimeContext; // use item zone |
| 1553 | } |
| 1554 | // now render context as selected |
| 1555 | if (convmode==CONVMODE_TZID9) { |
| 1556 | // time zone ID for iCal 2.0 TZID parameter |
| 1557 | // - make sure meta context is resolved (we don't want "SYSTEM" as TZID!) |
| 1558 | if (!TzResolveMetaContext(tctx, getSessionZones())) return false; // cannot resolve, no time zone ID |
| 1559 | // - if time zone is not UTC (which is represented as "Z" and needs no TZID), show name |
| 1560 | if (!TCTX_IS_UTC(tctx) && !TCTX_IS_UNKNOWN(tctx) && !TCTX_IS_DATEONLY(tctx)) { |
| 1561 | // - show name of zone as TZID |
| 1562 | if (!TimeZoneContextToName(tctx, aString, getSessionZones(), fProfileCfgP->fTzIdGenMode==tzidgen_olson ? "o" : NULL__null)) return false; // cannot get name/ID |
| 1563 | // - flag property-level TZID generated now |
| 1564 | fPropTZIDtctx=tctx; |
| 1565 | // - add to set of TZID-referenced time zones (for vTimezone generation) |
| 1566 | fUsedTCtxSet.insert(fUsedTCtxSet.end(),tctx); |
| 1567 | // - update range of time covered for generating VTIMEZONE later |
| 1568 | if (ts) { |
| 1569 | if (fEarliestTZDate==noLinearTime || fEarliestTZDate>ts) fEarliestTZDate = ts; // new minimum |
| 1570 | if (fLatestTZDate==noLinearTime || fLatestTZDate<ts) fLatestTZDate = ts; // new maximum |
| 1571 | } |
| 1572 | } |
| 1573 | } |
| 1574 | else { |
| 1575 | // CONVMODE_TZ or CONVMODE_DAYLIGHT |
| 1576 | // - there's only one TZ/DAYLIGHT per item, so set it as item context |
| 1577 | if (!fReceiverCanHandleUTC) { |
| 1578 | // devices that can't handle UTC should not be bothered with TZ info |
| 1579 | // (e.g. for N-Gage/3650 presence of a TZ shifts the data by the TZ value!?) |
| 1580 | return false; // prevent generation of TZ or DAYLIGHT props |
| 1581 | } |
| 1582 | else { |
| 1583 | // only if remote can handle UTC we may change the item time context |
| 1584 | // (otherwise, the timestamp must be rendered in itemzone/userzone) |
| 1585 | fItemTimeContext = tctx; |
| 1586 | fHasExplicitTZ = true; // flag setting explicit time zone for item |
| 1587 | } |
| 1588 | // - get resolved TZ offset and DAYLIGHT string for vCal 1.0 |
| 1589 | ContextToTzDaylight(tctx,ts,s,tctx,getSessionZones()); |
| 1590 | if (convmode==CONVMODE_TZ7) { |
| 1591 | // time zone in +/-hh[:mm] format for vCal 1.0 TZ property |
| 1592 | // - render offset in extended format |
| 1593 | aString.erase(); |
| 1594 | // - return true only if we actually have a TZ |
| 1595 | return ContextToISO8601StrAppend(aString, tctx, true); |
| 1596 | } |
| 1597 | else if (convmode==CONVMODE_DAYLIGHT8) { |
| 1598 | // TZ and DAYLIGHT property for vCal 1.0 |
| 1599 | aString = s; |
| 1600 | // - return true only if we actually have a DAYLIGHT |
| 1601 | return !s.empty(); |
| 1602 | } |
| 1603 | } |
| 1604 | // done |
| 1605 | return true; |
| 1606 | case CONVMODE_MAILTO13: |
| 1607 | // make sure we have a mailto: prefix (but not if string is empty) |
| 1608 | if (!fldP) return false; // no field, no value |
| 1609 | fldP->getAsString(s); |
| 1610 | aString.erase(); |
| 1611 | if (strucmp(s.c_str(),"mailto:",7)!=0 && s.size()>0) |
| 1612 | aString="mailto:"; |
| 1613 | aString+=s; |
| 1614 | return true; |
| 1615 | case CONVMODE_VALUETYPE14: |
| 1616 | case CONVMODE_FULLVALUETYPE16: |
| 1617 | // specify value type of field if needed |
| 1618 | if (!fldP) return false; // no field -> no VALUE param |
| 1619 | if (fldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) { |
| 1620 | // show VALUE=DATE if we have date-only or time-only |
| 1621 | tctx = static_cast<TTimestampField *>(fldP)->getTimeContext(); |
| 1622 | if (TCTX_IS_DURATION(tctx)) aString="DURATION"; |
| 1623 | else if (TCTX_IS_DATEONLY(tctx)) aString="DATE"; |
| 1624 | else if (TCTX_IS_TIMEONLY(tctx)) aString="TIME"; |
| 1625 | else { |
| 1626 | // only show type if full value type requested |
| 1627 | if (convmode==CONVMODE_FULLVALUETYPE16) |
| 1628 | aString="DATE-TIME"; |
| 1629 | else |
| 1630 | return false; // we don't need a VALUE param for normal datetimes |
| 1631 | } |
| 1632 | } |
| 1633 | else |
| 1634 | return false; // no field type that needs VALUE param |
| 1635 | // valuetype generated |
| 1636 | return true; |
| 1637 | case CONVMODE_VERSION1: |
| 1638 | // version string |
| 1639 | aString=aItem.getItemType()->getTypeVers(fProfileMode); |
| 1640 | return true; |
| 1641 | case CONVMODE_PRODID2: |
| 1642 | // PRODID ISO9070 non-registered FPI |
| 1643 | // -//ABC Corporation//NONSGML My Product//EN |
| 1644 | aString = SYSYNC_FPI"-//Synthesis AG//NONSGML SyncML Engine V" "3" "." "4" "." "0" "." "47" "//EN"; |
| 1645 | return true; |
| 1646 | case CONVMODE_BITMAP11: |
| 1647 | // bitmap is a special case of multimix, set up params |
| 1648 | nummix = 1; |
| 1649 | mixOffs[0]=0; |
| 1650 | mixIsFlags[0]=true; |
| 1651 | goto genmix; |
| 1652 | case CONVMODE_MULTIMIX15: |
| 1653 | // list of special values that can be either literals or bit masks, and can optionally affect more than one field |
| 1654 | // Syntax: |
| 1655 | // Bx : Bit number x (like in CONVMODE_BITMAP, x = 0..63) |
| 1656 | // Lxxxx : Literal xxxxx (xxxxx will just be copied from the source field) |
| 1657 | // y.Bx or y.Lxxxx : use y as field offset to use (no y means 0 offset) |
| 1658 | // - collect parameters to generate mix from enums |
| 1659 | nummix = 0; |
| 1660 | enumP = aConvDefP->enumdefs; |
| 1661 | while(enumP) { |
| 1662 | if (mixvalparse(TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumval)enumP->enumval.c_str(),offs,isFlags,bitNo)) { |
| 1663 | // check if this field is in list already |
| 1664 | for (i=0; i<nummix; i++) { |
| 1665 | if (mixOffs[i] == offs) goto next; // referring to same field again, skip |
| 1666 | } |
| 1667 | // is a new field, add it to list |
| 1668 | mixOffs[nummix] = offs; |
| 1669 | mixIsFlags[nummix] = isFlags; |
| 1670 | nummix++; |
| 1671 | if (nummix>=maxmix) break; // no more mixes allowed, stop scanning |
| 1672 | } |
| 1673 | next: |
| 1674 | // check next enum |
| 1675 | enumP=enumP->next; |
| 1676 | } |
| 1677 | genmix: |
| 1678 | // now generate strings from collected data |
| 1679 | aString.erase(); |
| 1680 | for (i=0; i<nummix; i++) { |
| 1681 | // get target field |
| 1682 | fldP = aItem.getArrayField(aFid+mixOffs[i],aArrIndex,true); // existing array elements only |
| 1683 | if (fldP) { |
| 1684 | if (mixIsFlags[i]) { |
| 1685 | // use target as bitmask to create bit numbers |
| 1686 | flags=fldP->getAsInteger(); |
| 1687 | bitNo=0; |
| 1688 | while (flags) { |
| 1689 | if (flags & 1) { |
| 1690 | // create bit representation |
| 1691 | if (!aString.empty() && aConvDefP->combineSep) |
| 1692 | aString+=aConvDefP->combineSep; // separator first if not first item |
| 1693 | if (convmode==CONVMODE_MULTIMIX15) { |
| 1694 | // multimix mode, use full syntax |
| 1695 | if (mixOffs[i]>0) |
| 1696 | StringObjAppendPrintf(aString,"%d.",mixOffs[i]); |
| 1697 | aString += 'B'; |
| 1698 | } |
| 1699 | // add bit number |
| 1700 | StringObjAppendPrintf(aString,"%hd",bitNo); |
| 1701 | } |
| 1702 | flags >>= 1; // consume this one |
| 1703 | bitNo++; |
| 1704 | } |
| 1705 | } |
| 1706 | else { |
| 1707 | // literal |
| 1708 | if (!fldP->isEmpty()) { |
| 1709 | if (!aString.empty() && aConvDefP->combineSep) |
| 1710 | aString+=aConvDefP->combineSep; // append separator if there are more flags |
| 1711 | if (mixOffs[i]>0) |
| 1712 | StringObjAppendPrintf(aString,"%d.",mixOffs[i]); |
| 1713 | aString += 'L'; // literal |
| 1714 | fldP->appendToString(aString); |
| 1715 | } |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | } // field available |
| 1718 | } // for each mix |
| 1719 | return true; |
| 1720 | case CONVMODE_RRULE20 +0: { |
| 1721 | // get values from field block |
| 1722 | if (aFid<0) return false; // no field, no string |
| 1723 | // - freq/freqmod |
| 1724 | if (!(sfP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TStringField,fty_string,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true)->isBasedOn(fty_string ) ? static_cast<TStringField *>(aItem.getArrayField(aFid ,aArrIndex,true)) : __null))) return false; |
| 1725 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 1726 | sfP->getAsString(s); |
| 1727 | freq='0'; // none |
| 1728 | freqmod=' '; // no modifier |
| 1729 | if (s.size()>0) freq=s[0]; |
| 1730 | if (s.size()>1) freqmod=s[1]; |
| 1731 | // - interval |
| 1732 | if (!(ifP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TIntegerField,fty_integer,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true)->isBasedOn(fty_integer ) ? static_cast<TIntegerField *>(aItem.getArrayField(aFid ,aArrIndex,true)) : __null))) return false; |
| 1733 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 1734 | interval=(sInt16)ifP->getAsInteger(); |
| 1735 | // - firstmask |
| 1736 | if (!(ifP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TIntegerField,fty_integer,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true)->isBasedOn(fty_integer ) ? static_cast<TIntegerField *>(aItem.getArrayField(aFid ,aArrIndex,true)) : __null))) return false; |
| 1737 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 1738 | firstmask=ifP->getAsInteger(); |
| 1739 | // - lastmask |
| 1740 | if (!(ifP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TIntegerField,fty_integer,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true)->isBasedOn(fty_integer ) ? static_cast<TIntegerField *>(aItem.getArrayField(aFid ,aArrIndex,true)) : __null))) return false; |
| 1741 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 1742 | lastmask=ifP->getAsInteger(); |
| 1743 | // - until |
| 1744 | if (!(tsFldP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TTimestampField,fty_timestamp,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex,true)->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp ) ? static_cast<TTimestampField *>(aItem.getArrayField( aFid,aArrIndex,true)) : __null))) return false; |
| 1745 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 1746 | // Until |
| 1747 | // - UTC preferred as output format if basically possible and not actively disabled |
| 1748 | untilcontext= |
| 1749 | fReceiverCanHandleUTC && getSession()->canHandleUTC() ? |
| 1750 | TCTX_UTC((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_UTC) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)) : |
| 1751 | fItemTimeContext; |
| 1752 | // - get in preferred zone (or floating) |
| 1753 | until=tsFldP->getTimestampAs(untilcontext,&untilcontext); |
| 1754 | lineartime_t tzend = until; |
| 1755 | // A RRULE with no end extends at least into current time (for tz range update, see below) |
| 1756 | if (until==noLinearTime) { |
| 1757 | // no end, but we still need a range to generate time zones for |
| 1758 | tzend = getSession()->getSystemNowAs(TCTX_UTC((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_UTC) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ))); |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | else { |
| 1761 | // Treat RR_END similar to CONVMODE_AUTODATE, i.e. prevent rendering a date-only value in mimo_old (which is not correct according to the standard) |
| 1762 | if (TCTX_IS_DATEONLY(untilcontext) && fMimeDirMode==mimo_old) { |
| 1763 | // there are no date-only recurrence ends in vCalendar 1.0 |
| 1764 | until = lineartime2dateonlyTime(until)+secondToLinearTimeFactor*SecsPerHour*24-1 ; // make time part 23:59:59.999 of this day |
| 1765 | untilcontext &= ~TCTX_DATEONLY; // clear dateonly rendering flag |
| 1766 | } |
| 1767 | } |
| 1768 | // Now do the conversion |
| 1769 | bool ok; |
| 1770 | if (fMimeDirMode==mimo_old) { |
| 1771 | // vCalendar 1.0 type RRULE |
| 1772 | ok = internalToRRULE1( |
| 1773 | aString, |
| 1774 | freq, |
| 1775 | freqmod, |
| 1776 | interval, |
| 1777 | firstmask, |
| 1778 | lastmask, |
| 1779 | until, |
| 1780 | untilcontext, |
| 1781 | GETDBGLOGGER(getDbgLogger()) |
| 1782 | ); |
| 1783 | } |
| 1784 | else { |
| 1785 | // iCalendar 2.0 type RRULE |
| 1786 | ok = internalToRRULE2( |
| 1787 | aString, |
| 1788 | freq, |
| 1789 | freqmod, |
| 1790 | interval, |
| 1791 | firstmask, |
| 1792 | lastmask, |
| 1793 | until, |
| 1794 | untilcontext, |
| 1795 | GETDBGLOGGER(getDbgLogger()) |
| 1796 | ); |
| 1797 | } |
| 1798 | // if we actually generated a RRULE, the range of used time zones must be updated according |
| 1799 | // to the recurrence end (date or open end, see tzend calculation above) |
| 1800 | if (!aString.empty()) { |
| 1801 | if (fEarliestTZDate==noLinearTime || tzend<fEarliestTZDate) fEarliestTZDate = tzend; |
| 1802 | if (fLatestTZDate==noLinearTime || tzend>fLatestTZDate) fLatestTZDate = tzend; |
| 1803 | } |
| 1804 | return ok; |
| 1805 | break; // just in case |
| 1806 | } |
| 1807 | default: |
| 1808 | // unknown mode, no value |
| 1809 | return false; |
| 1810 | } |
| 1811 | return false; |
| 1812 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::fieldToMIMEString |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | /// @brief test if char is part of a line end |
| 1817 | /// @return true if aChar is a line end char |
| 1818 | /// @param [in] aChar charcter to check |
| 1819 | static bool isLineEndChar(appChar aChar) |
| 1820 | { |
| 1821 | return (aChar=='\x0D') || (aChar=='\x0A'); |
| 1822 | } // isLineEndChar |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | /// @brief test if char is end of a line or end of the text (NUL) |
| 1826 | /// @return true if aChar is a line end char or NUL |
| 1827 | /// @param [in] aChar charcter to check |
| 1828 | static bool isEndOfLineOrText(appChar aChar) |
| 1829 | { |
| 1830 | return (aChar==0) || isLineEndChar(aChar); |
| 1831 | } // isEndOfLineOrText |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | /// @brief test if a line end of any kind is at aText |
| 1835 | /// @note CR,LF,CRLF and CR...CRLF sequences are all considered one line end |
| 1836 | /// @return true if line end found |
| 1837 | /// @param [in/out] aText advance past line end sequence |
| 1838 | static bool testAndSkipLineEnd(cAppCharP &aText) |
| 1839 | { |
| 1840 | cAppCharP p = aText; |
| 1841 | bool crFound = false; |
| 1842 | // skip sequence of CRs |
| 1843 | while (*p=='\x0D') { |
| 1844 | p++; |
| 1845 | crFound = true; |
| 1846 | } |
| 1847 | // past all CRs in a row |
| 1848 | if (*p=='\x0A') { |
| 1849 | // independent of the number of CRs preceeding, this is a line end including the LF |
| 1850 | aText = p+1; // past LF |
| 1851 | return true; |
| 1852 | } |
| 1853 | else if (crFound) { |
| 1854 | // we previously found at least one CR at the beginning, but no LF is following |
| 1855 | // -> assume CR only line ends, consider first CR as a line end by itself |
| 1856 | aText++; // skip first CR |
| 1857 | return true; |
| 1858 | } |
| 1859 | // not a line end |
| 1860 | return false; |
| 1861 | } // testAndSkipLineEnd |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 | // return incremented pointer pointing to original char or next non-folded char |
| 1866 | static cAppCharP skipfolded(cAppCharP aText, TMimeDirMode aMimeMode, bool qpSoftBreakCancel=false) |
| 1867 | { |
| 1868 | cAppCharP p = aText; |
| 1869 | if (testAndSkipLineEnd(p)) { |
| 1870 | // check for folding sequence |
| 1871 | if (*p==' ' || *p=='\x09') { |
| 1872 | // line end followed by space: folding sequence |
| 1873 | if (aMimeMode==mimo_standard) { |
| 1874 | // ignore entire sequence (CR,LF,SPACE/TAB) |
| 1875 | return p+1; |
| 1876 | } |
| 1877 | else { |
| 1878 | // old folding type, LWSP must be preserved |
| 1879 | return p; |
| 1880 | } |
| 1881 | } |
| 1882 | } |
| 1883 | else if (qpSoftBreakCancel && *p=='=') { |
| 1884 | // could be soft break sequence, check for line end |
| 1885 | p++; |
| 1886 | if (testAndSkipLineEnd(p)) { |
| 1887 | return p; |
| 1888 | } |
| 1889 | } |
| 1890 | // not folding sequence, return ptr to char as is |
| 1891 | return aText; |
| 1892 | } // skipfolded |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | // get next character, while skipping MIME-DIR folding sequences |
| 1896 | // if qpSoftBreakCancel, QUOTED-PRINTABLE encoding style soft-line-break sequences |
| 1897 | // will be eliminated |
| 1898 | static const char *nextunfolded(const char *p, TMimeDirMode aMimeMode, bool qpSoftBreakCancel=false) |
| 1899 | { |
| 1900 | if (*p==0) return p; // at end of string, do not advance |
| 1901 | p++; // point to next |
| 1902 | return skipfolded(p,aMimeMode,qpSoftBreakCancel); |
| 1903 | } // nextunfolded |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | // helper for MIME DIR parsing: |
| 1907 | // - apply encoding and charset conversion to values part of property if needed |
| 1908 | static void decodeValue( |
| 1909 | TEncodingTypes aEncoding, // the encoding to be used |
| 1910 | TCharSets aCharset, // charset to be applied to 8-bit chars |
| 1911 | TMimeDirMode aMimeMode, // the MIME mode |
| 1912 | char aStructSep, // input is structured value, stop when aStructSep is encountered |
| 1913 | char aAltSep, // alternate separator, also stop when encountering this one (but only if aStructSep is !=0) |
| 1914 | const char *&aText, // where to start decoding, updated past last char added to aVal |
| 1915 | string &aVal // decoded data is stored here (possibly some binary data) |
| 1916 | ) |
| 1917 | { |
| 1918 | const int maxseqlen=6; |
| 1919 | int seqlen; |
| 1920 | char c,chrs[maxseqlen]; |
| 1921 | const char *p,*q; |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | aVal.erase(); |
| 1924 | bool escaped = false; |
| 1925 | bool lastWasQPCR = false; |
| 1926 | if (aEncoding==enc_quoted_printable) { |
| 1927 | // decode quoted-printable content |
| 1928 | p = skipfolded(aText,aMimeMode,true); // get unfolded start point (in case value starts with folding sequence) |
| 1929 | do { |
| 1930 | // decode standard content |
| 1931 | c=*p; |
| 1932 | if (isEndOfLineOrText(c) || (!escaped && aStructSep!=0 && (c==aStructSep || c==aAltSep))) break; // EOLN and struct separators terminate value |
| 1933 | // test if escape char (but do not filter it out, as actual de-escaping is done in parseValue() later |
| 1934 | escaped=(!escaped) && (c=='\\'); // escape next only if we are not escaped already |
| 1935 | // char found |
| 1936 | if (c=='=') { |
| 1937 | uInt16 code; |
| 1938 | const char *s; |
| 1939 | char hex[2]; |
| 1940 | |
| 1941 | // The Nokia N9 vCalendar implementation sends ==0A=0D= at the end of |
| 1942 | // the line when it should send just the =. Apparently the CRLF octets |
| 1943 | // get inserted before quoted-printable encoding and then get encoded. |
| 1944 | // Such a sequence is invalid because = cannot be used literally |
| 1945 | // and must be followed by characters representing the hex value, |
| 1946 | // i.e. == is already invalid. |
| 1947 | // |
| 1948 | // We must skip over the entire sequence and then move forward to the |
| 1949 | // next valid character, i.e. skip over the soft line break that |
| 1950 | // follows the ==0A=0D. |
| 1951 | // |
| 1952 | // Without this special case, the code below would insert additional |
| 1953 | // characters into the decoded text. |
| 1954 | if (!strcmp(p, "==0A=0D=")) { |
| 1955 | p += strlen("==0A=0D=") - 1; |
| 1956 | p=nextunfolded(p,aMimeMode,true); |
| 1957 | continue; |
| 1958 | } |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | s=nextunfolded(p,aMimeMode,true); |
| 1961 | if (*s==0) break; // end of string |
| 1962 | hex[0]=*s; // first digit |
| 1963 | s=nextunfolded(s,aMimeMode,true); |
| 1964 | if (*s==0) break; // end of string |
| 1965 | hex[1]=*s; // second digit |
| 1966 | if (HexStrToUShort(hex,code,2)==2) { |
| 1967 | p=s; // continue with next char after second digit |
| 1968 | c=code; // decoded char |
| 1969 | if (c=='\x0D') { |
| 1970 | c='\n'; // convert to newline |
| 1971 | lastWasQPCR = true; // remember |
| 1972 | } |
| 1973 | else if (c=='\x0A') { |
| 1974 | if (lastWasQPCR) { |
| 1975 | // if last was CR, ignore LF (CR already has generated a newline) |
| 1976 | p = nextunfolded(p,aMimeMode,true); // but skip it for now. |
| 1977 | lastWasQPCR = false; |
| 1978 | continue; // ignore LF |
| 1979 | } |
| 1980 | // LF not preceeded by CR is a newline |
| 1981 | c='\n'; // convert to newline |
| 1982 | } |
| 1983 | else { |
| 1984 | // neither CR nor LF |
| 1985 | lastWasQPCR = false; |
| 1986 | } |
| 1987 | } |
| 1988 | } |
| 1989 | else { |
| 1990 | lastWasQPCR = false; |
| 1991 | } |
| 1992 | seqlen=1; // assume logical char consists of single byte |
| 1993 | chrs[0]=c; |
| 1994 | do { |
| 1995 | seqlen=appendCharsAsUTF8(chrs,aVal,aCharset,seqlen); // add char (possibly with UTF8 expansion) to aVal |
| 1996 | if (seqlen<=1) break; // done |
| 1997 | // need more bytes to encode entire char |
| 1998 | for (int i=1;i<seqlen;i++) { |
| 1999 | p=nextunfolded(p,aMimeMode,true); |
| 2000 | chrs[i]=*p; |
| 2001 | } |
| 2002 | } while(true); |
| 2003 | p=nextunfolded(p,aMimeMode,true); |
| 2004 | } while(true); |
| 2005 | } // quoted printable |
| 2006 | else if (aEncoding==enc_base64 || aEncoding==enc_b) { |
| 2007 | // Decode b64 |
| 2008 | // - find start of property value |
| 2009 | p = skipfolded(aText,aMimeMode,false); // get unfolded start point (in case value starts with folding sequence |
| 2010 | // - find end of property value |
| 2011 | q=p; |
| 2012 | while (*q) { |
| 2013 | if (aStructSep!=0 && (*q==aStructSep || *q==aAltSep)) |
| 2014 | break; // structure separator terminates B64 as well (colon, semicolon and comma never appear in B64) |
| 2015 | if (isLineEndChar(*q)) { |
| 2016 | // end of line. Check if this is folding or end of property |
| 2017 | cAppCharP r=skipfolded(q,aMimeMode,false); |
| 2018 | if (r==q) { |
| 2019 | // no folding skipped -> this appears to be the end of the property |
| 2020 | // Now for ill-encoded vCard 2.1 which chop B64 into lines, but do not prefix continuation |
| 2021 | // lines with some whitespace, make sure the next line contains a colon |
| 2022 | // - skip that line end |
| 2023 | while (isLineEndChar(*r)) r++; |
| 2024 | // - examine next line |
| 2025 | bool eob64 = false; |
| 2026 | for (cAppCharP r2=r; *r2 && !isLineEndChar(*r2); r2++) { |
| 2027 | if (*r2==':' || *r2==';') { |
| 2028 | eob64 = true; |
| 2029 | break; |
| 2030 | } |
| 2031 | } |
| 2032 | if (eob64) break; // q is end of B64 string -> go decode it |
| 2033 | // there's more to the b64 string at r, continue looking for end |
| 2034 | } |
| 2035 | // skip to continuation of B64 string |
| 2036 | q=r; |
| 2037 | } |
| 2038 | else |
| 2039 | q++; |
| 2040 | } |
| 2041 | // - decode base 64 |
| 2042 | uInt32 binsz=0; |
| 2043 | uInt8 *binP = b64::decode(p, q-p, &binsz); |
| 2044 | aVal.append((const char *)binP,binsz); |
| 2045 | b64::free(binP); |
| 2046 | // - continue at next char after b64 value |
| 2047 | p=q; |
| 2048 | } |
| 2049 | else { |
| 2050 | // no (known) encoding |
| 2051 | p = skipfolded(aText,aMimeMode,false); // get unfolded start point (in case value starts with folding sequence) |
| 2052 | do { |
| 2053 | c=*p; |
| 2054 | if (isEndOfLineOrText(c) || (!escaped && aStructSep!=0 && (c==aStructSep || c==aAltSep))) break; // EOLN and structure-sep (usually ;) terminate value |
| 2055 | // test if escape char (but do not filter it out, as actual de-escaping is done in parseValue() later |
| 2056 | escaped=(!escaped) && (c=='\\'); // escape next only if we are not escaped already |
| 2057 | // process char |
| 2058 | seqlen=1; // assume logical char consists of single byte |
| 2059 | chrs[0]=c; |
| 2060 | do { |
| 2061 | seqlen=appendCharsAsUTF8(chrs,aVal,aCharset,seqlen); // add char (possibly with UTF8 expansion) to aVal |
| 2062 | if (seqlen<=1) break; // done |
| 2063 | // need more bytes to encode entire char |
| 2064 | for (int i=1;i<seqlen;i++) { |
| 2065 | p=nextunfolded(p,aMimeMode,false); |
| 2066 | chrs[i]=*p; |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | } while(true); |
| 2069 | p=nextunfolded(p,aMimeMode,false); |
| 2070 | } while(true); |
| 2071 | } // no encoding |
| 2072 | // return pointer to terminating char |
| 2073 | aText=p; |
| 2074 | } // decodeValue |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 | // helper for MIME DIR generation: |
| 2078 | // - apply encoding to values part of property if needed |
| 2079 | static void encodeValues( |
| 2080 | TEncodingTypes aEncoding, // the encoding to be used |
| 2081 | TCharSets aCharSet, // charset to be applied to 8-bit chars |
| 2082 | const string &aValuedata, // the data to be encoded (possibly some binary data) |
| 2083 | string &aPropertytext, // the property string where encoded data is appended |
| 2084 | bool aDoNotFoldContent // special override for folding |
| 2085 | ) |
| 2086 | { |
| 2087 | const uInt8 *valPtr = (const uInt8 *)aValuedata.c_str(); |
| 2088 | size_t valSz = aValuedata.size(); |
| 2089 | string s; |
| 2090 | if (aCharSet!=chs_utf8) { |
| 2091 | // we need to convert to target charset first |
| 2092 | appendUTF8ToString((const char *)valPtr,s,aCharSet,lem_none,qm_none); |
| 2093 | valPtr = (const uInt8 *)s.c_str(); |
| 2094 | valSz = s.size(); |
| 2095 | } |
| 2096 | // - apply encoding if needed |
| 2097 | appendEncoded( |
| 2098 | valPtr, // input |
| 2099 | valSz, |
| 2100 | aPropertytext, // append output here |
| 2101 | aEncoding, // desired encoding |
| 2102 | aDoNotFoldContent ? |
| 2103 | 0 // disable insertion of soft line breaks |
| 2104 | : MIME_MAXLINESIZE75-1, // limit to standard MIME-linesize, leave one free for possible extra folding space |
| 2105 | aPropertytext.size() % MIME_MAXLINESIZE75, // current line size |
| 2106 | true // insert CRs only for softbreaks (for post-processing by folding) |
| 2107 | ); |
| 2108 | } // encodeValues |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | // helper for MIME DIR generation: |
| 2112 | // - fold, copy and terminate (CRLF) property into aString output |
| 2113 | // - \n in input is explicit "fold here" indicator |
| 2114 | // - \b in input is an optional "fold here" indicator, which will appear as space in the |
| 2115 | // output when needed, but will otherwise be discarded |
| 2116 | // - \r in input indicates that a line end must be inserted |
| 2117 | // if aDoSoftBreak==true, only a line break is inserted (QUOTED-PRINTABLE soft line break) |
| 2118 | // otherwise, a full folding sequence (CRLF + space) is inserted. In case of MIME-DIR, |
| 2119 | // QP softbreaks are nothing special, and still need an extra space (as this is reversed on parsing). |
| 2120 | static void finalizeProperty( |
| 2121 | const char *proptext, |
| 2122 | string &aString, |
| 2123 | TMimeDirMode aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 2124 | bool aDoNotFold, // set to prevent folding |
| 2125 | bool aDoSoftBreak // set to insert QP-softbreaks when \r is encountered, otherwise do a full hard break (which essentially inserts a space for mimo_old) |
| 2126 | ) |
| 2127 | { |
| 2128 | // make sure that allocation does not increase char by char |
| 2129 | aString.reserve(aString.size()+strlen(proptext)+100); |
| 2130 | char c; |
| 2131 | ssize_t n = 0, llen = 0; |
| 2132 | ssize_t foldLoc = -1; // possible break location - linear white space or explicit break indicator |
| 2133 | bool explf; |
| 2134 | cAppCharP firstunwritten=proptext; // none written yet |
| 2135 | while (proptext && (c=*proptext)!=0) { |
| 2136 | // remember position of last lwsp (space or TAB) |
| 2137 | if (aMimeMode==mimo_old && (c==' ' || c==0x09)) |
| 2138 | foldLoc=n; // white spaces are relevant in mimo_old only (but '\b' are checked also for MIME-DIR, see below) |
| 2139 | // next (UTF8) char |
| 2140 | // Note: we prevent folding within UTF8 sequences as result string would become inconvertible e.g. into UTF16 |
| 2141 | uInt32 uc; |
| 2142 | cAppCharP nP = UTF8toUCS4(proptext, uc); |
| 2143 | if (uc!=0) { |
| 2144 | // UTF-8 compliant byte (or byte sequence), skip as an entiety |
| 2145 | n += nP-proptext; |
| 2146 | proptext = nP; |
| 2147 | } |
| 2148 | else { |
| 2149 | // Not UTF-8 compliant, simply one byte |
| 2150 | n++; |
| 2151 | proptext++; |
| 2152 | } |
| 2153 | // check for optional break indicator (MIME-DIR or allowFoldAtSep) |
| 2154 | if (c=='\b') { |
| 2155 | aString.append(firstunwritten,n-1); // copy what we have up to that '\b' |
| 2156 | firstunwritten += n; // now pointing to next char after '\b' |
| 2157 | foldLoc = 0; // usually now pointing to a NON-LWSP, except if by accident a LWSP follows, which is ok as well |
| 2158 | n = 0; // continue checking from here |
| 2159 | continue; // check next |
| 2160 | } |
| 2161 | // update line length |
| 2162 | llen++; |
| 2163 | // explicit linefeed flag |
| 2164 | explf=(c=='\n' || c=='\r'); |
| 2165 | if (aDoNotFold) { |
| 2166 | // prohibit folding for ugly devices like V3i |
| 2167 | if (explf) { |
| 2168 | // append what we have until here |
| 2169 | n--; // explicit \n or \r is ignored |
| 2170 | aString.append(firstunwritten,n); |
| 2171 | // forget the explicit linefeed - and continue |
| 2172 | n = 0; |
| 2173 | llen = 0; |
| 2174 | firstunwritten = proptext; |
| 2175 | } |
| 2176 | } |
| 2177 | else if ((llen>=MIME_MAXLINESIZE75 && *proptext) || explf) { // avoid unnecessary folding (there must be something more coming) |
| 2178 | // folding needed (line gets longer than MIME_MAXLINESIZE or '\n' found in input string) |
| 2179 | if (aMimeMode==mimo_old && !explf) { |
| 2180 | // vCard 2.1 type folding, must occur before an LWSP |
| 2181 | if (foldLoc<0) { |
| 2182 | // emergency force fold and accept data being shredded |
| 2183 | // - copy all we have by now |
| 2184 | aString.append(firstunwritten,n); |
| 2185 | firstunwritten += n; // now pointing to next |
Value stored to 'firstunwritten' is never read | |
| 2186 | n = 0; // none left - new line is empty now |
| 2187 | // - insert line break |
| 2188 | aString.append("\x0D\x0A "); // line break AND an extra shredding space |
| 2189 | } |
| 2190 | else { |
| 2191 | // - copy all up to (but not including) last LWSP (or '\b' break indicator) |
| 2192 | aString.append(firstunwritten,foldLoc); |
| 2193 | firstunwritten += foldLoc; // now pointing to LWSP (or non-LWSP in case of '\b') |
| 2194 | n -= foldLoc; // number of chars left (including LWSP) |
| 2195 | // - insert line break |
| 2196 | aString.append("\x0D\x0A"); // line break |
| 2197 | if (*firstunwritten!=' ' && *firstunwritten!=0x09) |
| 2198 | aString += ' '; // breaking at location indicated by '\b', LWSP must be added |
| 2199 | // - copy rest scanned so far (except in '\b' case, this begins with an LWSP) |
| 2200 | aString.append(firstunwritten,n); |
| 2201 | } |
| 2202 | } |
| 2203 | else { |
| 2204 | // MIME-DIR type folding, can occur anywhere and *adds* a LWSP (which is removed at unfolding later) |
| 2205 | // or mimo-old type folding containing explicit CR(LF)s -> break here |
| 2206 | if (explf) { |
| 2207 | // explicit \n or \r is not copied, but only causes line break to occur |
| 2208 | n--; |
| 2209 | } |
| 2210 | if (foldLoc<0 || explf) { |
| 2211 | // no or explf indicator, just fold here |
| 2212 | aString.append(firstunwritten,n); |
| 2213 | n = 0; // nothing left to carry over - new line is empty now |
| 2214 | } |
| 2215 | else { |
| 2216 | // we have a preferred folding location detected before: copy all up to (but not including) break indicator |
| 2217 | aString.append(firstunwritten,foldLoc); |
| 2218 | firstunwritten += foldLoc; // now pointing to next char after break) |
| 2219 | n -= foldLoc; // number of chars left (including LWSP) |
| 2220 | } |
| 2221 | // now fold |
| 2222 | aString.append("\x0D\x0A"); // line break |
| 2223 | if ( |
| 2224 | (c!='\r' && aMimeMode==mimo_standard) || // folding indicator and MIME-DIR -> folding always must insert extra space |
| 2225 | (c=='\r' && !aDoSoftBreak) // soft-break indicator, but not in softbreak mode (i.e. B64 input) -> always insert extra space |
| 2226 | ) |
| 2227 | aString += ' '; // not only soft line break, but MIMD-DIR type folding |
| 2228 | // - copy carry over from previous line |
| 2229 | if (n>0) aString.append(firstunwritten,n); |
| 2230 | } |
| 2231 | // we are on a new line now |
| 2232 | llen = n; // new line has this size of what was carried over from the previous line |
| 2233 | foldLoc = -1; |
| 2234 | n = 0; |
| 2235 | firstunwritten = proptext; |
| 2236 | } |
| 2237 | } |
| 2238 | // append rest |
| 2239 | aString.append(firstunwritten,n); |
| 2240 | // terminate property |
| 2241 | aString.append("\x0D\x0A"); // CRLF |
| 2242 | } // finalizeProperty |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | // results for generateValue: |
| 2246 | #define GENVALUE_NOTSUPPORTED0 0 // field not supported |
| 2247 | #define GENVALUE_EXHAUSTED1 1 // array field exhausted |
| 2248 | #define GENVALUE_EMPTYELEMENT2 2 // array field empty |
| 2249 | #define GENVALUE_EMPTY3 3 // non-array field empty |
| 2250 | #define GENVALUE_ELEMENT4 4 // non-empty array element |
| 2251 | #define GENVALUE_NONEMPTY5 5 // non-empty non-array value |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | // helper for generateMimeDir() |
| 2254 | // - generate parameter or property value(list), |
| 2255 | // returns: GENVALUE_xxx |
| 2256 | sInt16 TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateValue( |
| 2257 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, // the item where data comes from |
| 2258 | const TConversionDef *aConvDefP, |
| 2259 | sInt16 aBaseOffset, // basic fid offset to use |
| 2260 | sInt16 aRepOffset, // repeat offset, adds to aBaseOffset for non-array fields, is array index for array fields |
| 2261 | string &aString, // where value is ADDED |
| 2262 | char aSeparator, // separator to be used between values if field contains multiple values in a list separated by confdef->combineSep |
| 2263 | TMimeDirMode aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 2264 | bool aParamValue, // set if generating parameter value (different escaping rules, i.e. colon must be escaped, or entire value double-quoted) |
| 2265 | bool aStructured, // set if value consists of multiple values (needs semicolon content escaping) |
| 2266 | bool aCommaEscape, // set if "," content escaping is needed (for values in valuelists like TYPE=TEL,WORK etc.) |
| 2267 | TEncodingTypes &aEncoding, // modified if special value encoding is required |
| 2268 | bool &aNonASCII, // set if any non standard 7bit ASCII-char is contained |
| 2269 | char aFirstChar, // will be appended before value if there is any value (and in MIME-DIR '\b' optional break indicator is appended as well) |
| 2270 | sInt32 &aNumNonSpcs, // how many non-spaces are already in the value |
| 2271 | bool aFoldAtSeparators, // if true, even in mimo_old folding may appear at value separators (adding an extra space - which is ok for EXDATE and similar) |
| 2272 | bool aEscapeOnlyLF // if true, only linefeeds are escaped as \n, but nothing else (not even \ itself) |
| 2273 | ) |
| 2274 | { |
| 2275 | string vallist; // as received from fieldToMIMEString() |
| 2276 | string val; // single value |
| 2277 | string outval; // entire value (list) escaped |
| 2278 | char c; |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | // determine field ID |
| 2281 | bool isarray = false; // no array by default |
| 2282 | sInt16 fid=aConvDefP->fieldid; |
| 2283 | if (fid>=0) { |
| 2284 | // field has storage |
| 2285 | // - fid is always offset by baseoffset |
| 2286 | fid += aBaseOffset; |
| 2287 | // - adjust now |
| 2288 | isarray = aItem.adjustFidAndIndex(fid,aRepOffset); |
| 2289 | // generate only if available in both source and target (or non-SyncML context) |
| 2290 | if (isFieldAvailable(aItem,fid)) { |
| 2291 | // find out if value exists |
| 2292 | if (aItem.isAssigned(fid)) { |
| 2293 | // - field has a value assigned (altough this might be empty string) |
| 2294 | // determine max size to truncate value if needed |
| 2295 | outval.erase(); |
| 2296 | sInt32 valsiz=0; // net size of value |
| 2297 | //%%%% getTargetItemType??? |
| 2298 | sInt32 maxSiz=aItem.getTargetItemType()->getFieldOptions(fid)->maxsize; |
| 2299 | if (maxSiz==FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_UNKNOWN-1 || maxSiz==FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_NONE0) |
| 2300 | maxSiz = 0; // no size restriction |
| 2301 | bool noTruncate=aItem.getTargetItemType()->getFieldOptions(fid)->notruncate; |
| 2302 | // check for BLOB values |
| 2303 | sInt16 convmode = aConvDefP->convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF; |
| 2304 | if (convmode==CONVMODE_BLOB_B6412 || convmode==CONVMODE_BLOB_AUTO17) { |
| 2305 | // no value lists, escaping, enums. Simply set value and encoding |
| 2306 | TItemField *fldP = aItem.getArrayField(fid,aRepOffset,true); // existing array elements only |
| 2307 | if (!fldP) return GENVALUE_EXHAUSTED1; // no leaf field - must be exhausted array (fldP==NULL is not possible here for non-arrays) |
| 2308 | if (fldP->isUnassigned()) return GENVALUE_EMPTYELEMENT2; // must be empty element empty element, but field supported (fldP==NULL is not possible here for non-arrays) |
| 2309 | // check max size and truncate if needed |
| 2310 | if (maxSiz && sInt32(fldP->getStringSize())>maxSiz) { |
| 2311 | if (noTruncate || getSession()->getSyncMLVersion()<syncml_vers_1_2) { |
| 2312 | // truncate not allowed (default for pre-SyncML 1.2 for BLOB fields) |
| 2313 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_ERROR+DBG_GEN,("BLOB value exceeds max size (%ld) and cannot be truncated -> omit", (long)maxSiz)){ if (((0x00000002 +0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002 +0x00000400)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000002 +0x00000400 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ("BLOB value exceeds max size (%ld) and cannot be truncated -> omit" , (long)maxSiz); }; |
| 2314 | return GENVALUE_NOTSUPPORTED0; // treat it as if field was not supported locally |
| 2315 | } |
| 2316 | } |
| 2317 | // append to existing string |
| 2318 | fldP->appendToString(outval,maxSiz); |
| 2319 | if (convmode==CONVMODE_BLOB_AUTO17) { |
| 2320 | // auto mode: use B64 encoding only if non-printable or |
| 2321 | // non-ASCII characters are in the value |
| 2322 | size_t len = outval.size(); |
| 2323 | for (size_t i = 0; i < len; i++) { |
| 2324 | char c = outval[i]; |
| 2325 | if (!isascii(c) || !isprint(c)) { |
| 2326 | aEncoding=enc_base64; |
| 2327 | break; |
| 2328 | } |
| 2329 | } |
| 2330 | } |
| 2331 | else { |
| 2332 | // blob mode: always use B64 |
| 2333 | aEncoding=enc_base64; |
| 2334 | } |
| 2335 | // only ASCII in value: either because it contains only |
| 2336 | // those to start with or because they will be encoded |
| 2337 | aNonASCII=false; |
| 2338 | } |
| 2339 | else { |
| 2340 | // apply custom field(s)-to-string translation if needed |
| 2341 | if (!fieldToMIMEString(aItem,fid,aRepOffset,aConvDefP,vallist)) { |
| 2342 | // check if no value because array was exhausted |
| 2343 | if (aItem.getArrayField(fid,aRepOffset,true)) |
| 2344 | return isarray ? GENVALUE_EMPTYELEMENT2 : GENVALUE_EMPTY3; // no value (but field supported) |
| 2345 | else |
| 2346 | return GENVALUE_EXHAUSTED1; // no leaf field - must be exhausted array |
| 2347 | } |
| 2348 | // separate value list into multiple values if needed |
| 2349 | const char *lp = vallist.c_str(); // list item pointer |
| 2350 | const char *sp; // start of item pointer (helper) |
| 2351 | sInt32 n; |
| 2352 | while (*lp!=0) { |
| 2353 | // find (single) input value string's end |
| 2354 | for (sp=lp,n=0; (c=*lp)!=0; lp++, n++) { |
| 2355 | if (c==aConvDefP->combineSep) break; |
| 2356 | } |
| 2357 | // - n=size of input value, p=ptr to end of value (0 or sep) |
| 2358 | val.assign(sp,n); |
| 2359 | // perform enum translation if needed |
| 2360 | if (aConvDefP->enumdefs) { |
| 2361 | const TEnumerationDef *enumP = aConvDefP->findEnumByVal(val.c_str()); |
| 2362 | if (enumP) { |
| 2363 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_GEN+DBG_EXOTIC,("Val='%s' translated to enumName='%s' mode=%s", val.c_str(), TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumtext), EnumModeNames[enumP->enummode])){ if (((0x00000400 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000400 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ("Val='%s' translated to enumName='%s' mode=%s" , val.c_str(), enumP->enumtext.c_str(), EnumModeNames[enumP ->enummode]); }; |
| 2364 | if (enumP->enummode==enm_ignore) |
| 2365 | val.erase(); // ignore -> make value empty as empty values are never stored |
| 2366 | else if (enumP->enummode==enm_prefix) { |
| 2367 | // replace value prefix by text prefix |
| 2368 | n=TCFG_SIZE(enumP->enumval)enumP->enumval.size(); |
| 2369 | val.replace(0,n,TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.c_str()); // replace val prefix by text prefix |
| 2370 | } |
| 2371 | else { |
| 2372 | // simply use translated value |
| 2373 | val=enumP->enumtext; |
| 2374 | } |
| 2375 | } |
| 2376 | else { |
| 2377 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_GEN+DBG_EXOTIC,("No translation found for Val='%s'", val.c_str())){ if (((0x00000400 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000400 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ("No translation found for Val='%s'", val .c_str()); }; |
| 2378 | } |
| 2379 | } |
| 2380 | // - val is now translated enum (or original value if value does not match any enum text) |
| 2381 | valsiz+=val.size(); |
| 2382 | // We have two choices for parameter values: |
| 2383 | // - quoted string in double quotes |
| 2384 | // - a simple string without |
| 2385 | // |
| 2386 | // Line breaks and control characters are not supported |
| 2387 | // either way; the backslash escape mechanism is not used |
| 2388 | // unless explicitly specified otherwise for specific |
| 2389 | // parameters (like TYPE). |
| 2390 | // |
| 2391 | // We pick the simple string option only if the value |
| 2392 | // contains only alphanumeric characters plus hyphen, slash and |
| 2393 | // underscore. Spaces are allowed by the RFC, but are |
| 2394 | // known to cause issues in other parsers (EDS before |
| 2395 | // 3.10) unless used in a quoted string, therefore we |
| 2396 | // are more conservative than the RFC. |
| 2397 | bool quotedstring = false; |
| 2398 | if (aParamValue) { |
| 2399 | for (const char *p=val.c_str();(c=*p)!=0;p++) { |
| 2400 | if (!(isalnum(c) || |
| 2401 | c == '/' || // for TZID=Europe/Paris - Funambol OneMedia does not handle quoting that. |
| 2402 | c == '-' || |
| 2403 | c == '_')) { |
| 2404 | quotedstring = true; |
| 2405 | outval+='"'; |
| 2406 | break; |
| 2407 | } |
| 2408 | } |
| 2409 | } |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | // perform escaping and determine need for encoding |
| 2412 | bool spaceonly = true; |
| 2413 | for (const char *p=val.c_str();(c=*p)!=0 && (c!=aConvDefP->combineSep);p++) { |
| 2414 | // process char |
| 2415 | // - check for whitespace |
| 2416 | if (!isspace(c)) { |
| 2417 | spaceonly = false; // does not consist of whitespace only |
| 2418 | aNumNonSpcs++; // count consecutive non-spaces |
| 2419 | if (aMimeMode==mimo_old && aEncoding==enc_none && aNumNonSpcs>MIME_MAXLINESIZE75) { |
| 2420 | // If text contains words with critical (probably unfoldable) size in mimo-old, select quoted printable encoding |
| 2421 | aEncoding=enc_quoted_printable; |
| 2422 | } |
| 2423 | } |
| 2424 | else { |
| 2425 | aNumNonSpcs = 0; // new word starts |
| 2426 | } |
| 2427 | // only text must be fully escaped, turn escaping off for RRULE (RECUR type) |
| 2428 | // escape reserved chars |
| 2429 | switch (c) { |
| 2430 | case '"': |
| 2431 | if (aParamValue) { c = '\''; goto add_char; } // replace double quotes with single quotes |
| 2432 | goto add_char; // otherwise, just add |
| 2433 | case ',': |
| 2434 | // in MIME-DIR, always escape commas, in pre-MIME-DIR only if usage in value list requires it |
| 2435 | if ((!aCommaEscape && aMimeMode==mimo_old) || quotedstring) goto add_char; |
| 2436 | goto do_escape; |
| 2437 | case ':': |
| 2438 | // always escape colon in parameters |
| 2439 | if (!aParamValue || quotedstring) goto add_char; |
| 2440 | goto do_escape; |
| 2441 | case '\\': |
| 2442 | if (quotedstring) goto add_char; |
| 2443 | // Backslash must always be escaped |
| 2444 | // - for MIMO-old: at least Nokia 9210 does it this way |
| 2445 | // - for MIME-DIR: specified in the standard |
| 2446 | goto do_escape; |
| 2447 | case ';': |
| 2448 | // in MIME-DIR, always escape semicolons, in pre-MIME-DIR only in parameters and structured values |
| 2449 | if ((!aParamValue && !aStructured && aMimeMode==mimo_old) || quotedstring) goto add_char; |
| 2450 | do_escape: |
| 2451 | if (!aEscapeOnlyLF) { |
| 2452 | // escape chars with backslash |
| 2453 | outval+='\\'; |
| 2454 | } |
| 2455 | goto out_char; |
| 2456 | case '\r': |
| 2457 | // ignore returns |
| 2458 | break; |
| 2459 | case '\n': |
| 2460 | if (quotedstring) { c = ' '; goto add_char; } |
| 2461 | // quote linefeeds |
| 2462 | if (aMimeMode==mimo_old) { |
| 2463 | if (aEncoding==enc_none) { |
| 2464 | // For line ends in mimo_old: select quoted printable encoding |
| 2465 | aEncoding=enc_quoted_printable; |
| 2466 | } |
| 2467 | // just pass it, will be encoded later |
| 2468 | goto add_char; |
| 2469 | } |
| 2470 | else { |
| 2471 | // MIME-DIR: use quoted C-style notation |
| 2472 | outval.append("\\n"); |
| 2473 | } |
| 2474 | break; |
| 2475 | default: |
| 2476 | add_char: |
| 2477 | // prevent adding space-only for params |
| 2478 | if (spaceonly && aParamValue) break; // just check next |
| 2479 | out_char: |
| 2480 | // check for non ASCII and set flag if found |
| 2481 | if ((uInt8)c > 0x7F) aNonASCII=true; |
| 2482 | // just copy to output |
| 2483 | outval+=c; |
| 2484 | break; |
| 2485 | } |
| 2486 | } // for all chars in val item |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | // terminate quoted string parameter value |
| 2489 | if (quotedstring) { |
| 2490 | outval+='"'; |
| 2491 | } |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | // go to next item in the val list (if any) |
| 2494 | if (*lp!=0) { |
| 2495 | // more items in the list |
| 2496 | // - add separator if previous one is not empty param value |
| 2497 | if (!(spaceonly && aParamValue)) { |
| 2498 | if (aMimeMode==mimo_standard || aFoldAtSeparators) { |
| 2499 | outval+='\b'; // preferred break location (or location where extra space is allowed for mimo_old) |
| 2500 | aNumNonSpcs=0; // we can fold here, so word is broken |
| 2501 | } |
| 2502 | outval+=aSeparator; |
| 2503 | aNumNonSpcs++; // count it (assuming separator is never a space!) |
| 2504 | valsiz++; // count it as part of the value |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | lp++; // skip input list separator |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | // check for truncation needs (do not truncate parameters, ever) |
| 2509 | if (maxSiz && valsiz>maxSiz && !aParamValue) { |
| 2510 | // size exceeded |
| 2511 | if (noTruncate) { |
| 2512 | // truncate not allowed |
| 2513 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_ERROR+DBG_GEN,({ if (((0x00000002 +0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002 +0x00000400)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000002 +0x00000400 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Value '%" ".40" "s' exceeds %ld chars net length but is noTruncate -> omit" , outval.c_str(), (long)maxSiz ); } |
| 2514 | "Value '%" FMT_LENGTH(".40") "s' exceeds %ld chars net length but is noTruncate -> omit",{ if (((0x00000002 +0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002 +0x00000400)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000002 +0x00000400 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Value '%" ".40" "s' exceeds %ld chars net length but is noTruncate -> omit" , outval.c_str(), (long)maxSiz ); } |
| 2515 | FMT_LENGTH_LIMITED(40,outval.c_str()),{ if (((0x00000002 +0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002 +0x00000400)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000002 +0x00000400 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Value '%" ".40" "s' exceeds %ld chars net length but is noTruncate -> omit" , outval.c_str(), (long)maxSiz ); } |
| 2516 | (long)maxSiz{ if (((0x00000002 +0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002 +0x00000400)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000002 +0x00000400 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Value '%" ".40" "s' exceeds %ld chars net length but is noTruncate -> omit" , outval.c_str(), (long)maxSiz ); } |
| 2517 | )){ if (((0x00000002 +0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002 +0x00000400)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000002 +0x00000400 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Value '%" ".40" "s' exceeds %ld chars net length but is noTruncate -> omit" , outval.c_str(), (long)maxSiz ); }; |
| 2518 | // treat it as if field was not supported locally |
| 2519 | return GENVALUE_NOTSUPPORTED0; |
| 2520 | } |
| 2521 | else { |
| 2522 | // truncate allowed, shorten output accordingly |
| 2523 | outval.erase(outval.size()-(valsiz-maxSiz)); |
| 2524 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_GEN,({ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Truncated value '%" ".40" "s' to %ld chars net length (maxSize)", outval.c_str() , (long)maxSiz ); } |
| 2525 | "Truncated value '%" FMT_LENGTH(".40") "s' to %ld chars net length (maxSize)",{ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Truncated value '%" ".40" "s' to %ld chars net length (maxSize)", outval.c_str() , (long)maxSiz ); } |
| 2526 | FMT_LENGTH_LIMITED(40,outval.c_str()),{ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Truncated value '%" ".40" "s' to %ld chars net length (maxSize)", outval.c_str() , (long)maxSiz ); } |
| 2527 | (long)maxSiz{ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Truncated value '%" ".40" "s' to %ld chars net length (maxSize)", outval.c_str() , (long)maxSiz ); } |
| 2528 | )){ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Truncated value '%" ".40" "s' to %ld chars net length (maxSize)", outval.c_str() , (long)maxSiz ); }; |
| 2529 | // do not add more chars |
| 2530 | break; |
| 2531 | } |
| 2532 | } |
| 2533 | } // while value chars available |
| 2534 | } // not BLOB conversion |
| 2535 | // value generated in outval (altough it might be an empty string) |
| 2536 | } // if field assigned |
| 2537 | else { |
| 2538 | // not assigned. However a not assigned array means an array with no elements, which |
| 2539 | // is the same as an exhausted array |
| 2540 | return isarray ? GENVALUE_EXHAUSTED1 : GENVALUE_NOTSUPPORTED0; // array is exhaused, non-array unassigned means not available |
| 2541 | } |
| 2542 | } // source and target both support the field (or field belongs to mandatory property) |
| 2543 | else |
| 2544 | return GENVALUE_NOTSUPPORTED0; // field not supported by either source or target (and not mandatory) -> do not generate value |
| 2545 | } // if fieldid exists |
| 2546 | else { |
| 2547 | // could be special conversion using no data or data from |
| 2548 | // internal object variables (such as VERSION value) |
| 2549 | if (fieldToMIMEString(aItem,FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128,0,aConvDefP,vallist)) { |
| 2550 | // got some output, use it as value |
| 2551 | outval=vallist; |
| 2552 | } |
| 2553 | else |
| 2554 | // no value, no output |
| 2555 | return GENVALUE_NOTSUPPORTED0; // field not supported |
| 2556 | } |
| 2557 | // now we have a value in outval, check if encoding needs to be applied |
| 2558 | // - check if we should select QUOTED-PRINTABLE because of nonASCII |
| 2559 | if (aNonASCII && fDoQuote8BitContent && aEncoding==enc_none) |
| 2560 | aEncoding=enc_quoted_printable; |
| 2561 | // just append |
| 2562 | if (!outval.empty() && aFirstChar!=0) { |
| 2563 | if (aMimeMode==mimo_standard || aFoldAtSeparators) { |
| 2564 | aString+='\b'; // preferred break location (or location where extra space is allowed for mimo_old) |
| 2565 | aNumNonSpcs = 0; // we can break here, new word starts |
| 2566 | } |
| 2567 | aString+=aFirstChar; // we have a value, add sep char first |
| 2568 | aNumNonSpcs++; // count it (assuming separator is never a space!) |
| 2569 | } |
| 2570 | aString.append(outval); |
| 2571 | // done |
| 2572 | return outval.empty() |
| 2573 | ? (isarray ? GENVALUE_EMPTYELEMENT2 : GENVALUE_EMPTY3) // empty |
| 2574 | : (isarray ? GENVALUE_ELEMENT4 : GENVALUE_NONEMPTY5); // non empty |
| 2575 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateValue |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | // generate parameters for one property instance |
| 2580 | // - returns true if parameters with shownonempty=true were generated |
| 2581 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateParams( |
| 2582 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, // the item where data comes from |
| 2583 | string &aString, // the string to add parameters to |
| 2584 | const TPropertyDefinition *aPropP, // the property to generate (all instances) |
| 2585 | TMimeDirMode aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 2586 | sInt16 aBaseOffset, |
| 2587 | sInt16 aRepOffset, |
| 2588 | TPropNameExtension *aPropNameExt, // propname extension for generating musthave param values |
| 2589 | sInt32 &aNumNonSpcs // number of consecutive non-spaces, accumulated so far |
| 2590 | ) |
| 2591 | { |
| 2592 | const TParameterDefinition *paramP; |
| 2593 | bool paramstarted; |
| 2594 | char sep=0; // separator for value lists |
| 2595 | bool nonasc=false; |
| 2596 | TEncodingTypes encoding; |
| 2597 | string paramstr; |
| 2598 | bool showalways=false; |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | // Generate parameters |
| 2601 | // Note: altough positional values are always the same, non-positional values |
| 2602 | // can vary from repetition to repetition and can be mixed with the |
| 2603 | // positional values. So we must generate the mixture again for |
| 2604 | // every repetition. |
| 2605 | // - check all parameters for musthave values |
| 2606 | paramP = aPropP->parameterDefs; |
| 2607 | while (paramP) { |
| 2608 | // parameter not started yet |
| 2609 | paramstarted=false; |
| 2610 | // process param only if matching mode and active rules |
| 2611 | if (mimeModeMatch(paramP->modeDependency) |
| 2612 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 2613 | && (!paramP->ruleDependency || isActiveRule(paramP->ruleDependency)) |
| 2614 | #endif |
| 2615 | ) { |
| 2616 | // first append extendsname param values |
| 2617 | if (paramP->extendsname && aPropNameExt) { |
| 2618 | const TEnumerationDef *enumP = paramP->convdef.enumdefs; |
| 2619 | while (enumP) { |
| 2620 | if (enumP->nameextid>=0) { |
| 2621 | // value is relevant for name extension, check if required for this param |
| 2622 | if ((((TNameExtIDMap)1<<enumP->nameextid) & (aPropNameExt->musthave_ids | aPropNameExt->addtlSend_ids))!=0) { |
| 2623 | // found param value which is required or flagged to be sent additionally as name extension |
| 2624 | if (!paramstarted) { |
| 2625 | paramstarted=true; |
| 2626 | aString+=';'; // param always starts with ; |
| 2627 | if (paramP->defaultparam && (aMimeMode==mimo_old)) { |
| 2628 | // default param, values are written like a list of params |
| 2629 | sep=';'; // separator, in case other values follow |
| 2630 | } |
| 2631 | else { |
| 2632 | // normal parameter, first add param separator and name |
| 2633 | // - lead-in |
| 2634 | aString.append(paramP->paramname); |
| 2635 | aString+='='; |
| 2636 | // - separator, in case other values follow |
| 2637 | sep=','; // value list separator is comma by default |
| 2638 | } |
| 2639 | } |
| 2640 | else { |
| 2641 | // add separator for one more value |
| 2642 | aString+=sep; |
| 2643 | } |
| 2644 | // add value |
| 2645 | aString.append(enumP->enumtext); |
| 2646 | } // if enum value is a "must have" value for name extension |
| 2647 | } // if enum value is relevant to name extension |
| 2648 | // next enum value |
| 2649 | enumP=enumP->next; |
| 2650 | } // while enum values |
| 2651 | } // if extendsname |
| 2652 | // append value(s) if there is an associated field |
| 2653 | paramstr.erase(); // none to start with |
| 2654 | if (paramP->convdef.fieldid!=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128) { |
| 2655 | if (!paramstarted) { |
| 2656 | // Note: paramstarted must not be set here, as empty value might prevent param from being written |
| 2657 | // parameter starts with ";" |
| 2658 | paramstr+=';'; |
| 2659 | if (paramP->defaultparam && (aMimeMode==mimo_old)) { |
| 2660 | // default param, values are written like a list of params |
| 2661 | sep=';'; |
| 2662 | } |
| 2663 | else { |
| 2664 | // normal parameter, first add name |
| 2665 | paramstr.append(paramP->paramname); |
| 2666 | paramstr+='='; |
| 2667 | sep=','; // value list separator is comma by default |
| 2668 | } |
| 2669 | } |
| 2670 | else { |
| 2671 | // already started values, just add more |
| 2672 | // - next value starts with a separator |
| 2673 | paramstr+=sep; |
| 2674 | } |
| 2675 | // add parameter value(list) |
| 2676 | encoding=enc_none; // parameters are not encoded |
| 2677 | // NOTE: only non-empty parameters are generated |
| 2678 | // NOTE: parameters themselves cannot have a value list that is stored in an array, |
| 2679 | // but parameters of repeating properties can be stored in array elements (using the |
| 2680 | // same index as for the property itself) |
| 2681 | // Note: Escape commas if separator is a comma |
| 2682 | sInt32 numNoSpcs = aNumNonSpcs; |
| 2683 | if (generateValue(aItem,&(paramP->convdef),aBaseOffset,aRepOffset,paramstr,sep,aMimeMode,true,false,sep==',',encoding,nonasc,0,numNoSpcs,false,false)>=GENVALUE_ELEMENT4) { |
| 2684 | // value generated, add parameter name/value (or separator/value for already started params) |
| 2685 | aString.append(paramstr); |
| 2686 | aNumNonSpcs = numNoSpcs; // actually added, count now |
| 2687 | paramstarted=true; // started only if we really have appended something at all |
| 2688 | } |
| 2689 | } // if field defined for this param |
| 2690 | // update show status |
| 2691 | if (paramP->shownonempty && paramstarted) |
| 2692 | showalways=true; // param has a value and must make property show |
| 2693 | } |
| 2694 | // next param |
| 2695 | paramP=paramP->next; |
| 2696 | } // while params |
| 2697 | return showalways; |
| 2698 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateParams |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | // generateProperty return codes: |
| 2702 | #define GENPROP_EXHAUSTED0 0 // nothing generated because data source exhausted (or field not supported) |
| 2703 | #define GENPROP_EMPTY1 1 // nothing generated because empty value (but field supported) |
| 2704 | #define GENPROP_NONEMPTY2 2 // something generated |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | // helper for generateMimeDir(), expansion of property according to nameExts |
| 2709 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::expandProperty( |
| 2710 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, // the item where data comes from |
| 2711 | string &aString, // the string to add properties to |
| 2712 | const char *aPrefix, // the prefix (property name) |
| 2713 | const TPropertyDefinition *aPropP, // the property to generate (all instances) |
| 2714 | TMimeDirMode aMimeMode // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 2715 | ) |
| 2716 | { |
| 2717 | // scan nameExts to generate name-extended variants and repetitions |
| 2718 | TPropNameExtension *propnameextP = aPropP->nameExts; |
| 2719 | if (!propnameextP) { |
| 2720 | // no name extensions -> this is a non-repeating property |
| 2721 | // just generate once, even if empty (except if it has suppressempty set) |
| 2722 | generateProperty( |
| 2723 | aItem, // the item where data comes from |
| 2724 | aString, // the string to add properties to |
| 2725 | aPrefix, // the prefix (property name) |
| 2726 | aPropP, // the property to generate |
| 2727 | 0, // field ID offset to be used |
| 2728 | 0, // additional repeat offset / array index |
| 2729 | aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 2730 | false // if set, a property with only empty values will never be generated |
| 2731 | ); |
| 2732 | } |
| 2733 | else { |
| 2734 | // scan name extensions |
| 2735 | sInt16 generated=0; |
| 2736 | sInt16 maxOccur=0; // default to no limit |
| 2737 | while (propnameextP) { |
| 2738 | sInt16 baseoffs=propnameextP->fieldidoffs; |
| 2739 | sInt16 repoffs=0; // no repeat offset yet |
| 2740 | if (baseoffs!=OFFS_NOSTORE-9999 && !propnameextP->readOnly) { |
| 2741 | // we can address fields for this property and it's not readonly (parsing variant) |
| 2742 | // generate value part |
| 2743 | sInt16 n=propnameextP->maxRepeat; |
| 2744 | // check for value list |
| 2745 | if (aPropP->valuelist && !aPropP->expandlist) { |
| 2746 | // property contains a value list -> all repetitions are shown within ONE property instance |
| 2747 | // NOTE: generateProperty will exhaust possible repeats |
| 2748 | generateProperty( |
| 2749 | aItem, // the item where data comes from |
| 2750 | aString, // the string to add properties to |
| 2751 | aPrefix, // the prefix (property name) |
| 2752 | aPropP, // the property to generate |
| 2753 | baseoffs, // field ID offset to be used |
| 2754 | repoffs, // additional repeat offset / array index |
| 2755 | aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 2756 | propnameextP->minShow<1, // suppress if fewer to show than 1 (that is, like suppressempty in this case) |
| 2757 | propnameextP // propname extension for generating musthave param values and maxrep/repinc for valuelists |
| 2758 | ); |
| 2759 | } |
| 2760 | else { |
| 2761 | // now generate separate properties for all repetitions |
| 2762 | // Note: strategy is to keep order as much as possible (completely if |
| 2763 | // minShow is >= maxRepeat |
| 2764 | sInt16 emptyRepOffs=-1; |
| 2765 | // get occurrence limit as provided by remote |
| 2766 | for (sInt16 i=0; i<aPropP->numValues; i++) { |
| 2767 | sInt16 fid=aPropP->convdefs[0].fieldid; |
| 2768 | if (fid>=0) { |
| 2769 | if (fRelatedDatastoreP) { |
| 2770 | // only if datastore is related we are in SyncML context, otherwise we should not check maxOccur |
| 2771 | maxOccur = aItem.getItemType()->getFieldOptions(fid)->maxoccur; |
| 2772 | } |
| 2773 | else |
| 2774 | maxOccur = 0; // no limit |
| 2775 | // Note: all value fields of the property will have the same maxOccur, so we can stop here |
| 2776 | break; |
| 2777 | } |
| 2778 | } |
| 2779 | do { |
| 2780 | // generate property for this repetition |
| 2781 | // - no repeating within generateProperty takes place! |
| 2782 | sInt16 genres = generateProperty( |
| 2783 | aItem, // the item where data comes from |
| 2784 | aString, // the string to add properties to |
| 2785 | aPrefix, // the prefix (property name) |
| 2786 | aPropP, // the property to generate |
| 2787 | baseoffs, // field ID offset to be used |
| 2788 | repoffs, // additional repeat offset / array index |
| 2789 | aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 2790 | propnameextP->minShow-generated<n, // suppress if fewer to show than remaining repeats |
| 2791 | propnameextP // propname extension for generating musthave param values |
| 2792 | ); |
| 2793 | if (genres==GENPROP_NONEMPTY2) { |
| 2794 | // generated a property |
| 2795 | generated++; |
| 2796 | } |
| 2797 | else { |
| 2798 | // nothing generated |
| 2799 | if (emptyRepOffs<0) emptyRepOffs=repoffs; // remember empty |
| 2800 | // check for array repeat, in which case exhausted array or non-supported field will stop generating |
| 2801 | if (propnameextP->maxRepeat==REP_ARRAY32767 && genres==GENPROP_EXHAUSTED0) break; // exit loop if any only if array exhausted |
| 2802 | } |
| 2803 | // one more generated of the maximum possible (note: REP_ARRAY=32k, so this will not limit an array) |
| 2804 | n--; |
| 2805 | repoffs+=propnameextP->repeatInc; |
| 2806 | // end generation if remote's maxOccur limit is reached |
| 2807 | if (maxOccur && generated>=maxOccur) { |
| 2808 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_GEN,({ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "maxOccur (%hd) for Property '%s' reached - no more instances will be generated" , maxOccur, aPropP->propname.c_str() ); } |
| 2809 | "maxOccur (%hd) for Property '%s' reached - no more instances will be generated",{ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "maxOccur (%hd) for Property '%s' reached - no more instances will be generated" , maxOccur, aPropP->propname.c_str() ); } |
| 2810 | maxOccur,{ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "maxOccur (%hd) for Property '%s' reached - no more instances will be generated" , maxOccur, aPropP->propname.c_str() ); } |
| 2811 | TCFG_CSTR(aPropP->propname){ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "maxOccur (%hd) for Property '%s' reached - no more instances will be generated" , maxOccur, aPropP->propname.c_str() ); } |
| 2812 | )){ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "maxOccur (%hd) for Property '%s' reached - no more instances will be generated" , maxOccur, aPropP->propname.c_str() ); }; |
| 2813 | break; |
| 2814 | } |
| 2815 | } while(n>0); |
| 2816 | // add empty ones if needed |
| 2817 | while (generated<propnameextP->minShow && emptyRepOffs>=0 && !(maxOccur && generated>=maxOccur)) { |
| 2818 | // generate empty ones (no suppression) |
| 2819 | generateProperty(aItem,aString,aPrefix,aPropP,baseoffs,emptyRepOffs,aMimeMode,false); |
| 2820 | generated++; // count as generated anyway (even in case generation of empty is globally turned off) |
| 2821 | } |
| 2822 | } // repeat properties when we have repeating enabled |
| 2823 | } // if name extension is stored |
| 2824 | propnameextP=propnameextP->next; |
| 2825 | // stop if maxOccur reached |
| 2826 | if (maxOccur && generated>=maxOccur) break; |
| 2827 | } // while nameexts |
| 2828 | } // if nameexts at all |
| 2829 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::expandProperty |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 | // helper for expandProperty: generates property |
| 2833 | // returns: GENPROP_xxx |
| 2834 | sInt16 TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateProperty( |
| 2835 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, // the item where data comes from |
| 2836 | string &aString, // the string to add properties to |
| 2837 | const char *aPrefix, // the prefix (property name) |
| 2838 | const TPropertyDefinition *aPropP, // the property to generate (all instances) |
| 2839 | sInt16 aBaseOffset, // field ID offset to be used |
| 2840 | sInt16 aRepeatOffset, // additional repeat offset / array index |
| 2841 | TMimeDirMode aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 2842 | bool aSuppressEmpty, // if set, a property with only empty values will not be generated |
| 2843 | TPropNameExtension *aPropNameExt // propname extension for generating musthave param values and maxrep/repinc for valuelists |
| 2844 | ) |
| 2845 | { |
| 2846 | string proptext; // unfolded property text |
| 2847 | proptext.reserve(300); // not too small |
| 2848 | string elemtext; // single element (value or param) text |
| 2849 | TEncodingTypes encoding; |
| 2850 | bool nonasc=false; |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | // - reset TZID presence flag |
| 2853 | fPropTZIDtctx = TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)); |
| 2854 | // - start with empty text |
| 2855 | proptext.erase(); |
| 2856 | // - init flags |
| 2857 | bool anyvaluessupported = false; // at least one of the main values must be supported by the remote in order to generate property at all |
| 2858 | bool arrayexhausted = false; // flag will be set if a main value was not generated because array exhausted |
| 2859 | bool anyvalues = false; // flag will be set when at least one value has been generated |
| 2860 | sInt32 numNonSpcs=0; |
| 2861 | encoding=enc_none; // default is no encoding |
| 2862 | sInt16 v=0; // value counter |
| 2863 | nonasc=false; // assume plain ASCII |
| 2864 | sInt16 genres; |
| 2865 | TEncodingTypes enc; |
| 2866 | bool na; |
| 2867 | const TConversionDef *convP; |
| 2868 | // - now generate |
| 2869 | if (aPropP->unprocessed) { |
| 2870 | convP = &(aPropP->convdefs[0]); |
| 2871 | // unfolded and not-linefeed-escaped raw property stored in string - generate it as one value |
| 2872 | enc=encoding; |
| 2873 | na=false; |
| 2874 | genres=generateValue( |
| 2875 | aItem, |
| 2876 | convP, |
| 2877 | aBaseOffset, // base offset, relative to |
| 2878 | aRepeatOffset, // repeat offset or array index |
| 2879 | elemtext, // value will be stored here (might be binary in case of BLOBs, but then encoding will be set) |
| 2880 | 0, // should for some exotic reason values consist of a list, separate it by "," (";" is reserved for structured values) |
| 2881 | aMimeMode, |
| 2882 | false, // no parameter |
| 2883 | false, // not structured value, don't escape ";" |
| 2884 | false, // don't escape commas, either |
| 2885 | enc, // will receive needed encoding (usually B64 for binary values) |
| 2886 | na, |
| 2887 | 0, // no first char |
| 2888 | numNonSpcs, // number of consecutive non-spaces, accumulated |
| 2889 | aPropP->allowFoldAtSep, |
| 2890 | true // linefeed only escaping |
| 2891 | ); |
| 2892 | // check if something was generated |
| 2893 | if (genres>=GENVALUE_ELEMENT4) { |
| 2894 | // generated something, might have caused encoding/noasc change |
| 2895 | encoding=enc; |
| 2896 | nonasc=nonasc || na; |
| 2897 | anyvaluessupported=true; |
| 2898 | anyvalues=true; |
| 2899 | // separate name+params and values |
| 2900 | bool dq = false; |
| 2901 | bool fc = true; |
| 2902 | size_t pti = string::npos; |
| 2903 | appChar c; |
| 2904 | for (cAppCharP p=elemtext.c_str(); (c=*p)!=0; p++) { |
| 2905 | if (dq) { |
| 2906 | if (c=='"') dq = false; // end of double quoted part |
| 2907 | } |
| 2908 | else { |
| 2909 | // not in doublequote |
| 2910 | if (fc && c=='"') dq = true; // if first char is doublequote, start quoted string |
| 2911 | else if (c==':') { pti = p-elemtext.c_str(); break; } // found |
| 2912 | else if (c=='\\' && *(p+1)) p++; // make sure next char is not evaluated |
| 2913 | } |
| 2914 | fc = false; // no longer first char |
| 2915 | } |
| 2916 | if (pti!=string::npos) { |
| 2917 | proptext.assign(elemtext, 0, pti); // name+params without separator |
| 2918 | elemtext.erase(0, pti+1); // remove name and separator |
| 2919 | } |
| 2920 | } |
| 2921 | else { |
| 2922 | arrayexhausted = true; // no more values, assume array exhausted |
| 2923 | } |
| 2924 | } |
| 2925 | else { |
| 2926 | // Normally generated property |
| 2927 | // - first set group if there is one |
| 2928 | if (aPropP->groupFieldID!=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128) { |
| 2929 | // get group name |
| 2930 | TItemField *g_fldP = aItem.getArrayFieldAdjusted(aPropP->groupFieldID+aBaseOffset, aRepeatOffset, true); |
| 2931 | if (g_fldP && !g_fldP->isEmpty()) { |
| 2932 | g_fldP->appendToString(proptext); |
| 2933 | proptext += '.'; // group separator |
| 2934 | } |
| 2935 | } |
| 2936 | // - append name and (possibly) parameters that are constant over all repetitions |
| 2937 | proptext += aPrefix; |
| 2938 | // - up to here assume no spaces |
| 2939 | numNonSpcs = proptext.size()+14; // some extra room for possible ";CHARSET=UTF8" |
| 2940 | // - append parameter values |
| 2941 | // anyvalues gets set if a parameter with shownonempty attribute was generated |
| 2942 | anyvalues=generateParams( |
| 2943 | aItem, // the item where data comes from |
| 2944 | proptext, // where params will be appended |
| 2945 | aPropP, // the property definition |
| 2946 | aMimeMode, |
| 2947 | aBaseOffset, |
| 2948 | aRepeatOffset, |
| 2949 | aPropNameExt, |
| 2950 | numNonSpcs |
| 2951 | ); |
| 2952 | // - append value(s) |
| 2953 | sInt16 maxrep=1,repinc=1; |
| 2954 | if (aPropNameExt) { |
| 2955 | maxrep=aPropNameExt->maxRepeat; |
| 2956 | repinc=aPropNameExt->repeatInc; |
| 2957 | } |
| 2958 | // generate property contents |
| 2959 | if (aPropP->valuelist && !aPropP->expandlist) { |
| 2960 | // property with value list |
| 2961 | // NOTE: convdef[0] is used for all values, aRepeatOffset changes |
| 2962 | convP = &(aPropP->convdefs[0]); |
| 2963 | // - now iterate over available repeats or array contents |
| 2964 | while(aRepeatOffset<maxrep*repinc || maxrep==REP_ARRAY32767) { |
| 2965 | // generate one value |
| 2966 | enc=encoding; |
| 2967 | na=false; |
| 2968 | genres=generateValue( |
| 2969 | aItem, |
| 2970 | convP, |
| 2971 | aBaseOffset, // offset relative to base field |
| 2972 | aRepeatOffset, // additional offset or array index |
| 2973 | elemtext, |
| 2974 | aPropP->valuesep, // use valuelist separator between multiple values possibly generated from a list in a single field (e.g. CATEGORIES) |
| 2975 | aMimeMode, |
| 2976 | false, // not a param |
| 2977 | true, // always escape ; in valuelist properties |
| 2978 | aPropP->valuesep==',' || aPropP->altvaluesep==',', // escape commas if one of the separators is a comma |
| 2979 | enc, |
| 2980 | na, |
| 2981 | v>0 ? aPropP->valuesep : 0, // separate with specified multi-value-delimiter if not first value |
| 2982 | numNonSpcs, // number of consecutive non-spaces, accumulated |
| 2983 | aPropP->allowFoldAtSep, |
| 2984 | (convP->convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF)==CONVMODE_RRULE20 +0 // RRULES are not to be escaped |
| 2985 | ); |
| 2986 | // check if something was generated |
| 2987 | if (genres>=GENVALUE_ELEMENT4) { |
| 2988 | // generated something, might have caused encoding/noasc change |
| 2989 | encoding=enc; |
| 2990 | nonasc=nonasc || na; |
| 2991 | } |
| 2992 | // update if we have at least one value of this property supported (even if empty) by the remote party |
| 2993 | if (genres>GENVALUE_NOTSUPPORTED0) anyvaluessupported=true; |
| 2994 | if (genres==GENVALUE_EXHAUSTED1) arrayexhausted=true; // for at least one component of the property, the array is exhausted |
| 2995 | // update if we have any value now (even if only empty) |
| 2996 | // - generate empty property according to |
| 2997 | // - aSuppressEmpty |
| 2998 | // - session-global fDontSendEmptyProperties |
| 2999 | // - supressEmpty property flag in property definition |
| 3000 | // - if no repeat (i.e. no aPropNameExt), exhausted array is treated like empty value (i.e. rendered unless suppressempty set) |
| 3001 | anyvalues = anyvalues || (genres>= |
| 3002 | (aSuppressEmpty || fDontSendEmptyProperties || aPropP->suppressEmpty |
| 3003 | ? GENVALUE_ELEMENT4 // if empty values should be suppressed, we need a non-empty element (array or simple field) |
| 3004 | : GENVALUE_EXHAUSTED1 // for valuelists, if empty values are not explicitly suppressed (i.e. minshow==0, see caller) exhausted array must always produce an empty value |
| 3005 | ) |
| 3006 | ); |
| 3007 | // count effective value appended |
| 3008 | v++; |
| 3009 | // update repeat offset |
| 3010 | aRepeatOffset+=repinc; |
| 3011 | // check for array mode - stop if array is exhausted or field not supported |
| 3012 | if (maxrep==REP_ARRAY32767 && genres<=GENVALUE_EXHAUSTED1) break; |
| 3013 | } |
| 3014 | } |
| 3015 | else { |
| 3016 | // property with individual values (like N) |
| 3017 | // NOTE: field changes with different convdefs, offsets remain stable |
| 3018 | arrayexhausted = true; // assume all arrays exhausted unless we find at least one non-exhausted array |
| 3019 | bool somearrays = false; // no arrays yet |
| 3020 | do { |
| 3021 | convP = &(aPropP->convdefs[v]); |
| 3022 | // generate one value |
| 3023 | enc=encoding; |
| 3024 | na=false; |
| 3025 | genres=generateValue( |
| 3026 | aItem, |
| 3027 | convP, |
| 3028 | aBaseOffset, // base offset, relative to |
| 3029 | aRepeatOffset, // repeat offset or array index |
| 3030 | elemtext, // value will be stored here (might be binary in case of BLOBs, but then encoding will be set) |
| 3031 | ',', // should for some exotic reason values consist of a list, separate it by "," (";" is reserved for structured values) |
| 3032 | aMimeMode, |
| 3033 | false, |
| 3034 | aPropP->numValues>1, // structured value, escape ";" |
| 3035 | aPropP->altvaluesep==',', // escape commas if alternate separator is a comma |
| 3036 | enc, // will receive needed encoding (usually B64 for binary values) |
| 3037 | na, |
| 3038 | 0, // no first char |
| 3039 | numNonSpcs, // number of consecutive non-spaces, accumulated |
| 3040 | aPropP->allowFoldAtSep, |
| 3041 | (convP->convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF)==CONVMODE_RRULE20 +0 // RRULES are not to be escaped |
| 3042 | ); |
| 3043 | //* %%% */ PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_EXOTIC,("generateValue #%hd for property '%s' returns genres==%hd",v,TCFG_CSTR(aPropP->propname),genres)); |
| 3044 | // check if something was generated |
| 3045 | if (genres>=GENVALUE_ELEMENT4) { |
| 3046 | // generated something, might have caused encoding/noasc change |
| 3047 | encoding=enc; |
| 3048 | nonasc=nonasc || na; |
| 3049 | } |
| 3050 | // update if we have at least one value of this property supported (even if empty) by the remote party |
| 3051 | if (genres>GENVALUE_NOTSUPPORTED0) anyvaluessupported=true; |
| 3052 | if (genres==GENVALUE_ELEMENT4 || genres==GENVALUE_EMPTYELEMENT2) { |
| 3053 | arrayexhausted = false; // there is at least one non-exhausted array we're reading from (even if only empty value) |
| 3054 | somearrays = true; // generating from array |
| 3055 | } |
| 3056 | else if (genres==GENVALUE_EXHAUSTED1) |
| 3057 | somearrays = true; // generating from array |
| 3058 | // update if we have any value now (even if only empty) |
| 3059 | // - generate empty property according to |
| 3060 | // - aSuppressEmpty |
| 3061 | // - session-global fDontSendEmptyProperties |
| 3062 | // - supressEmpty property flag in property definition |
| 3063 | // - if no repeat (i.e. no aPropNameExt), exhausted array is treated like empty value (i.e. rendered unless suppressempty set) |
| 3064 | anyvalues = anyvalues || |
| 3065 | (genres>=(aSuppressEmpty || fDontSendEmptyProperties || aPropP->suppressEmpty ? GENVALUE_ELEMENT4 : (aPropNameExt ? GENVALUE_EMPTYELEMENT2 : GENVALUE_EXHAUSTED1))); |
| 3066 | // insert delimiter if not last value |
| 3067 | v++; |
| 3068 | if (v>=aPropP->numValues) break; // done with all values |
| 3069 | // add delimiter for next value |
| 3070 | if (aMimeMode==mimo_standard || aPropP->allowFoldAtSep) { |
| 3071 | elemtext+='\b'; // preferred break location (or location where extra space is allowed for mimo_old) |
| 3072 | numNonSpcs = 0; // can break here, new word starts |
| 3073 | } |
| 3074 | elemtext+=aPropP->valuesep; |
| 3075 | numNonSpcs++; // count it (assuming separator is never a space!) |
| 3076 | // add break indicator |
| 3077 | } while(true); |
| 3078 | // if none of the data sources is an array, we can't be exhausted. |
| 3079 | if (!somearrays) arrayexhausted = false; |
| 3080 | } |
| 3081 | } // normal generated property from components |
| 3082 | // - finalize property if it contains supported fields at all (or is mandatory) |
| 3083 | if ((anyvaluessupported && anyvalues) || aPropP->mandatory) { |
| 3084 | // - generate charset parameter if needed |
| 3085 | // NOTE: MIME-DIR based formats do NOT have the CHARSET attribute any more! |
| 3086 | if (nonasc && aMimeMode==mimo_old && fDefaultOutCharset!=chs_ansi) { |
| 3087 | // non-ASCII chars contained, generate property telling what charset is used |
| 3088 | proptext.append(";CHARSET="); |
| 3089 | proptext.append(MIMECharSetNames[fDefaultOutCharset]); |
| 3090 | } |
| 3091 | // - generate encoding parameter if needed |
| 3092 | if (encoding!=enc_none) { |
| 3093 | // in MIME-DIR, only "B" is allowed for binary, for vCard 2.1 it is "BASE64" |
| 3094 | if (encoding==enc_base64 || encoding==enc_b) { |
| 3095 | encoding = aMimeMode==mimo_standard ? enc_b : enc_base64; |
| 3096 | } |
| 3097 | // add the parameter |
| 3098 | proptext.append(";ENCODING="); |
| 3099 | proptext.append(MIMEEncodingNames[encoding]); |
| 3100 | } |
| 3101 | // - separate value from property text |
| 3102 | proptext+=':'; |
| 3103 | // - append (probably encoded) values now, always in UTF-8 |
| 3104 | encodeValues(encoding,fDefaultOutCharset,elemtext,proptext,fDoNotFoldContent); |
| 3105 | // - fold, copy and terminate (CRLF) property into aString output |
| 3106 | finalizeProperty(proptext.c_str(),aString,aMimeMode,fDoNotFoldContent,encoding==enc_quoted_printable); |
| 3107 | // - special case: base64 (but not B) encoded value must have an extra CRLF even if folding is |
| 3108 | // disabled, so we need to insert it here (because non-folding mode eliminates it from being |
| 3109 | // generated automatically in encodeValues/finalizeProperty) |
| 3110 | if (fDoNotFoldContent && encoding==enc_base64) |
| 3111 | aString.append("\x0D\x0A"); // extra CRLF terminating a base64 encoded property (note, base64 only occurs in mimo_old) |
| 3112 | // - property generated |
| 3113 | return GENPROP_NONEMPTY2; |
| 3114 | } |
| 3115 | else { |
| 3116 | // Note: it is essential to return GENPROP_EXHAUSTED if no values are supported for this property at |
| 3117 | // all (otherwise caller might loop endless trying to generate a non-empty property |
| 3118 | return |
| 3119 | anyvaluessupported |
| 3120 | ? (arrayexhausted ? GENPROP_EXHAUSTED0 : GENPROP_EMPTY1) // no property generated |
| 3121 | : GENPROP_EXHAUSTED0; // no values supported means "exhausted" as well |
| 3122 | } |
| 3123 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateProperty |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | // generate MIME-DIR from item into string object |
| 3128 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateMimeDir(TMultiFieldItem &aItem, string &aString) |
| 3129 | { |
| 3130 | // clear string |
| 3131 | aString.reserve(3000); // not too small |
| 3132 | aString.erase(); |
| 3133 | // reset item time zone before generating |
| 3134 | fHasExplicitTZ = false; // none set explicitly |
| 3135 | fItemTimeContext = fReceiverTimeContext; // default to receiver context |
| 3136 | fUsedTCtxSet.clear(); // no TZIDs used yet |
| 3137 | fEarliestTZDate = noLinearTime; // reset range of generated timestamps related to a TZID or TZ/DAYLIGHT |
| 3138 | fLatestTZDate = noLinearTime; |
| 3139 | fVTimeZonePendingProfileP = NULL__null; // no VTIMEZONE pending for generation |
| 3140 | fVTimeZoneInsertPos = 0; // no insert position yet |
| 3141 | // recursively generate levels |
| 3142 | generateLevels(aItem,aString,fProfileDefinitionP); |
| 3143 | // now generate VTIMEZONE, if needed |
| 3144 | if (fVTimeZonePendingProfileP) { |
| 3145 | string s, val, vtz; |
| 3146 | vtz.erase(); |
| 3147 | // generate needed vTimeZones (according to fUsedTCtxSet) |
| 3148 | for (TTCtxSet::iterator pos=fUsedTCtxSet.begin(); pos!=fUsedTCtxSet.end(); pos++) { |
| 3149 | // - calculate first and last year covered by timestamps in this record |
| 3150 | sInt16 startYear=0,endYear=0; |
| 3151 | if (fEarliestTZDate && fProfileCfgP->fVTimeZoneGenMode!=vtzgen_current) { |
| 3152 | // dependent on actually created dates |
| 3153 | lineartime2date(fEarliestTZDate, &startYear, NULL__null, NULL__null); |
| 3154 | lineartime2date(fLatestTZDate, &endYear, NULL__null, NULL__null); |
| 3155 | // there is at least one date in the record |
| 3156 | switch (fProfileCfgP->fVTimeZoneGenMode) { |
| 3157 | case vtzgen_start: |
| 3158 | endYear = startYear; // only show for start of range |
| 3159 | break; |
| 3160 | case vtzgen_end: |
| 3161 | startYear = endYear; // only show for end of range |
| 3162 | break; |
| 3163 | case vtzgen_range: |
| 3164 | // pass both start and end year |
| 3165 | break; |
| 3166 | case vtzgen_openend: |
| 3167 | // pass start year but request that all rules from start up to the current date are inlcuded |
| 3168 | endYear = 0; |
| 3169 | break; |
| 3170 | case vtzgen_current: |
| 3171 | case numVTimeZoneGenModes: |
| 3172 | // case statement to keep gcc happy, will not be reached because of if() above |
| 3173 | break; |
| 3174 | } |
| 3175 | } |
| 3176 | // - lead-in |
| 3177 | s="BEGIN:"; |
| 3178 | s.append(fVTimeZonePendingProfileP->levelName); |
| 3179 | finalizeProperty(s.c_str(),vtz,fMimeDirMode,false,false); |
| 3180 | // - generate raw string |
| 3181 | //%%% endYear is not yet implemented in internalToVTIMEZONE(), fTzIdGenMode has only the olson option for now |
| 3182 | internalToVTIMEZONE(*pos, val, getSessionZones(), NULL__null, startYear, endYear, fProfileCfgP->fTzIdGenMode==tzidgen_olson ? "o" : NULL__null); |
| 3183 | size_t i,n = 0; |
| 3184 | while (val.size()>n) { |
| 3185 | i = val.find('\n',n); // next line end |
| 3186 | if (i==string::npos) i=val.size(); |
| 3187 | if (i-n>1) { |
| 3188 | // more than one char = not only a trailing line end |
| 3189 | s.assign(val,n,i-n); |
| 3190 | // finalize and add property |
| 3191 | finalizeProperty(s.c_str(),vtz,fMimeDirMode,false,false); |
| 3192 | // advance cursor beyond terminating LF |
| 3193 | n=i+1; |
| 3194 | } |
| 3195 | } |
| 3196 | // - lead out |
| 3197 | s="END:"; |
| 3198 | s.append(fVTimeZonePendingProfileP->levelName); |
| 3199 | finalizeProperty(s.c_str(),vtz,fMimeDirMode,false,false); |
| 3200 | } // for |
| 3201 | // now insert the VTIMEZONE into the output string (so possibly making it appear BEFORE the |
| 3202 | // properties that use TZIDs) |
| 3203 | aString.insert(fVTimeZoneInsertPos, vtz); |
| 3204 | // done |
| 3205 | fVTimeZonePendingProfileP = NULL__null; |
| 3206 | } // if pending VTIMEZONE |
| 3207 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateMimeDir |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | // generate nested levels of MIME-DIR content |
| 3211 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateLevels( |
| 3212 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, |
| 3213 | string &aString, |
| 3214 | const TProfileDefinition *aProfileP |
| 3215 | ) |
| 3216 | { |
| 3217 | // check if level must be generated |
| 3218 | bool dolevel=false; |
| 3219 | string s,val; |
| 3220 | sInt16 fid=aProfileP->levelConvdef.fieldid; |
| 3221 | if (fid<0) dolevel=true; // if no controlling field there, generate anyway |
| 3222 | else { |
| 3223 | // check field contents to determine if generation is needed |
| 3224 | if (aItem.isAssigned(fid)) { |
| 3225 | const TEnumerationDef *enumP = aProfileP->levelConvdef.enumdefs; |
| 3226 | aItem.getField(fid)->getAsString(val); |
| 3227 | if (enumP) { |
| 3228 | // if enumdefs, content must match first enumdef's enumval (NOT enumtext!!) |
| 3229 | dolevel = strucmp(val.c_str(),TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumval)enumP->enumval.c_str())==0; |
| 3230 | } |
| 3231 | else { |
| 3232 | // just being not empty enables level |
| 3233 | dolevel = !aItem.getField(fid)->isEmpty(); |
| 3234 | } |
| 3235 | } |
| 3236 | } |
| 3237 | // check for MIME mode dependency |
| 3238 | dolevel = dolevel && mimeModeMatch(aProfileP->modeDependency); |
| 3239 | // generate level if enabled |
| 3240 | if (dolevel) { |
| 3241 | // generate level start |
| 3242 | if (aProfileP->profileMode==profm_vtimezones) { |
| 3243 | // don't generate now, just remember the string position where we should add the |
| 3244 | // VTIMEZONEs when we're done generating the record. |
| 3245 | fVTimeZonePendingProfileP = aProfileP; |
| 3246 | fVTimeZoneInsertPos = aString.size(); |
| 3247 | } |
| 3248 | else { |
| 3249 | // standard custom level |
| 3250 | s="BEGIN:"; |
| 3251 | s.append(aProfileP->levelName); |
| 3252 | finalizeProperty(s.c_str(),aString,fMimeDirMode,false,false); |
| 3253 | // loop through all properties of that level |
| 3254 | const TPropertyDefinition *propP = aProfileP->propertyDefs; |
| 3255 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 3256 | uInt16 propGroup=0; // group identifier (all props with same name have same group ID) |
| 3257 | const TPropertyDefinition *otherRulePropP = NULL__null; // default property which is used if none of the rule-dependent in the group was used |
| 3258 | bool ruleSpecificExpanded = false; |
| 3259 | #endif |
| 3260 | const TPropertyDefinition *expandPropP; |
| 3261 | while (propP) { |
| 3262 | // check for mode dependency |
| 3263 | if (!mimeModeMatch(propP->modeDependency)) { |
| 3264 | // no mode match -> just skip this one |
| 3265 | propP=propP->next; |
| 3266 | continue; |
| 3267 | } |
| 3268 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 3269 | // check for beginning of new group (no or different property group number) |
| 3270 | if (propP->propGroup==0 || propP->propGroup!=propGroup) { |
| 3271 | // end of last group - start of new group |
| 3272 | propGroup = propP->propGroup; // remember new group number |
| 3273 | // expand "other"-rule dependent variant from last group |
| 3274 | if (!ruleSpecificExpanded && otherRulePropP) { |
| 3275 | expandProperty( |
| 3276 | aItem, |
| 3277 | aString, |
| 3278 | TCFG_CSTR(otherRulePropP->propname)otherRulePropP->propname.c_str(), // the prefix consists of the property name |
| 3279 | otherRulePropP, // the property definition |
| 3280 | fMimeDirMode // MIME-DIR mode |
| 3281 | ); |
| 3282 | } |
| 3283 | // for next group, no rule-specific version has been expanded yet |
| 3284 | ruleSpecificExpanded = false; |
| 3285 | // for next group, we don't have a "other"-rule variant |
| 3286 | otherRulePropP=NULL__null; |
| 3287 | } |
| 3288 | // check if entry is rule-specific |
| 3289 | expandPropP=NULL__null; // do not expand by default |
| 3290 | if (propP->dependsOnRemoterule) { |
| 3291 | // check if depends on current rule |
| 3292 | if (propP->ruleDependency==NULL__null) { |
| 3293 | // this is the "other"-rule dependent variant |
| 3294 | // - just remember |
| 3295 | otherRulePropP=propP; |
| 3296 | } |
| 3297 | else if (isActiveRule(propP->ruleDependency)) { |
| 3298 | // specific for the applied rule |
| 3299 | expandPropP=propP; // default to expand current prop |
| 3300 | // now we have expanded a rule-specific property (blocks expanding of "other"-rule dependent prop) |
| 3301 | ruleSpecificExpanded=true; |
| 3302 | } |
| 3303 | } |
| 3304 | else { |
| 3305 | // does not depend on rule, expand anyway |
| 3306 | expandPropP=propP; |
| 3307 | } |
| 3308 | // check if this is last prop of list |
| 3309 | propP=propP->next; |
| 3310 | if (!propP && otherRulePropP && !ruleSpecificExpanded) { |
| 3311 | // End of prop list, no rule-specific expand yet, and there is a otherRuleProp |
| 3312 | // expand "other"-rule's property instead |
| 3313 | expandPropP=otherRulePropP; |
| 3314 | } |
| 3315 | #else |
| 3316 | // simply expand it |
| 3317 | expandPropP=propP; |
| 3318 | propP=propP->next; |
| 3319 | #endif |
| 3320 | // now expand if selected |
| 3321 | if (expandPropP) |
| 3322 | { |
| 3323 | // recursively generate all properties that expand from this entry |
| 3324 | // (includes extendsfieldid-parameters and repetitions |
| 3325 | expandProperty( |
| 3326 | aItem, |
| 3327 | aString, |
| 3328 | TCFG_CSTR(expandPropP->propname)expandPropP->propname.c_str(), // the prefix consists of the property name |
| 3329 | expandPropP, // the property definition |
| 3330 | fMimeDirMode // MIME-DIR mode |
| 3331 | ); |
| 3332 | } |
| 3333 | } // properties loop |
| 3334 | // generate sublevels, if any |
| 3335 | const TProfileDefinition *subprofileP = aProfileP->subLevels; |
| 3336 | while (subprofileP) { |
| 3337 | // generate sublevels (possibly, none is generated) |
| 3338 | generateLevels(aItem,aString,subprofileP); |
| 3339 | // next |
| 3340 | subprofileP=subprofileP->next; |
| 3341 | } |
| 3342 | // generate level end |
| 3343 | s="END:"; |
| 3344 | s.append(aProfileP->levelName); |
| 3345 | finalizeProperty(s.c_str(),aString,fMimeDirMode,false,false); |
| 3346 | } // normal level |
| 3347 | } // if level must be generated |
| 3348 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateLevels |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | // Convert string from MIME-format into field value(s). |
| 3352 | // - the string passed to this function is already a translated value |
| 3353 | // list if combinesep is set, and every single value is already |
| 3354 | // enum-translated if enums are defined. |
| 3355 | // - returns false if field(s) could not be assigned because aText has |
| 3356 | // a bad syntax. |
| 3357 | // - returns true if field(s) assigned something useful or no field is |
| 3358 | // available to assign anything to. |
| 3359 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::MIMEStringToField( |
| 3360 | const char *aText, // the value text to assign or add to the field |
| 3361 | const TConversionDef *aConvDefP, // the conversion definition record |
| 3362 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, // the item where data goes to |
| 3363 | sInt16 aFid, // the field ID (can be NULL for special conversion modes) |
| 3364 | sInt16 aArrIndex // the repeat offset to handle array fields |
| 3365 | ) |
| 3366 | { |
| 3367 | sInt16 moffs; |
| 3368 | uInt16 offs,n; |
| 3369 | bool isBitMap; |
| 3370 | fieldinteger_t flags = 0; |
| 3371 | TTimestampField *tsFldP; |
| 3372 | timecontext_t tctx; |
| 3373 | TParsedTzidSet::iterator tz; |
| 3374 | string s; |
| 3375 | // RRULE |
| 3376 | lineartime_t dtstart; |
| 3377 | timecontext_t startcontext = 0, untilcontext = 0; |
| 3378 | char freq; |
| 3379 | char freqmod; |
| 3380 | sInt16 interval; |
| 3381 | fieldinteger_t firstmask; |
| 3382 | fieldinteger_t lastmask; |
| 3383 | lineartime_t until; |
| 3384 | bool dostore; |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | // get pointer to leaf field |
| 3387 | TItemField *fldP = aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex); |
| 3388 | sInt16 convmode = aConvDefP->convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF; |
| 3389 | switch (convmode) { |
| 3390 | case CONVMODE_MAILTO13: |
| 3391 | // remove the mailto: prefix if there is one |
| 3392 | if (strucmp(aText,"mailto:",7)==0) |
| 3393 | aText+=7; // remove leading "mailto:" |
| 3394 | goto normal; |
| 3395 | case CONVMODE_EMPTYONLY10: |
| 3396 | // same as CONVMODE_NONE, but assigns only first occurrence (that is, |
| 3397 | // when field is still empty) |
| 3398 | if (!fldP) return true; // no field, assignment "ok" (=nop) |
| 3399 | if (!fldP->isEmpty()) return true; // field not empty, discard new assignment |
| 3400 | case CONVMODE_TIMESTAMP3: // nothing special for parsing |
| 3401 | case CONVMODE_AUTODATE5: // nothing special for parsing |
| 3402 | case CONVMODE_AUTOENDDATE6: // check for "last minute of the day" |
| 3403 | case CONVMODE_DATE4: // dates will be made floating |
| 3404 | case CONVMODE_NONE0: |
| 3405 | normal: |
| 3406 | if (!fldP) return true; // no field, assignment "ok" (=nop) |
| 3407 | // just set as string or add if combine mode |
| 3408 | if (aConvDefP->combineSep) { |
| 3409 | // combine mode |
| 3410 | if (!fldP->isEmpty()) { |
| 3411 | // not empty, append with separator |
| 3412 | char cs[2]; |
| 3413 | cs[0]=aConvDefP->combineSep; |
| 3414 | cs[1]=0; |
| 3415 | fldP->appendString(cs); |
| 3416 | } |
| 3417 | fldP->appendString(aText); |
| 3418 | } |
| 3419 | else { |
| 3420 | // for non-strings, skip leading spaces before trying to parse |
| 3421 | if (!fldP->isBasedOn(fty_string)) { |
| 3422 | while (*aText && *aText==' ') aText++; // skip leading spaces |
| 3423 | } |
| 3424 | // simple assign mode |
| 3425 | if (fldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) { |
| 3426 | // read as ISO8601 timestamp |
| 3427 | tsFldP = static_cast<TTimestampField *>(fldP); |
| 3428 | // if field already has a non-unknown context (e.g. set via TZID, or TZ/DAYLIGHT), |
| 3429 | // use that as context for floating ISO date (i.e. no "Z" or "+/-hh:mm" suffix) |
| 3430 | if (!tsFldP->isFloating()) { |
| 3431 | // field already has a TZ specified (e.g. by a TZID param), use that instead of item level context |
| 3432 | tctx = tsFldP->getTimeContext(); |
| 3433 | } |
| 3434 | else { |
| 3435 | // no pre-known zone for this specific field, check if property has a specific zone |
| 3436 | if (!TCTX_IS_UNKNOWN(fPropTZIDtctx)) { |
| 3437 | // property has a specified time zone context from a TZID, use it |
| 3438 | tctx = fPropTZIDtctx; // default to property's TZID (if one was parsed, otherwise this will be left floating) |
| 3439 | } |
| 3440 | else if (fHasExplicitTZ) { |
| 3441 | // item has an explicitly specified time zone context (e.g. set via TZ: property), |
| 3442 | // treat all timestamps w/o own time zone ("Z" suffix) in that context |
| 3443 | tctx = fItemTimeContext; |
| 3444 | } |
| 3445 | else { |
| 3446 | // item has no explicitly specified time zone context, |
| 3447 | // parse and leave floating float for now |
| 3448 | tctx = TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)); // default to floating |
| 3449 | } |
| 3450 | } |
| 3451 | // Now tctx is the default zone to bet set for ALL values that are in floating notation |
| 3452 | // - check for special handling of misbehaving remotes |
| 3453 | if (fTreatRemoteTimeAsLocal || fTreatRemoteTimeAsUTC) { |
| 3454 | // ignore time zone specs which might be present possibly |
| 3455 | tsFldP->setAsISO8601(aText, tctx, true); |
| 3456 | // now force time zone to item/user context or UTC depending on flag settings |
| 3457 | tctx = fTreatRemoteTimeAsLocal ? fItemTimeContext : TCTX_UTC((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_UTC) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)); |
| 3458 | // set it |
| 3459 | tsFldP->setTimeContext(tctx); |
| 3460 | } |
| 3461 | else { |
| 3462 | // read with time zone, if present, and default to tctx set above |
| 3463 | tsFldP->setAsISO8601(aText, tctx, false); |
| 3464 | // check if still floating now |
| 3465 | if (tsFldP->isFloating()) { |
| 3466 | // unfloat only if remote cannot handle UTC and therefore ALWAYS uses localtime. |
| 3467 | // otherwise, assume that floating status is intentional and must be retained. |
| 3468 | // Note: TZID and TZ, if present, are already applied by now |
| 3469 | // Note: DURATION and DATE floating will always be retained, as they are always intentional |
| 3470 | if ((!fReceiverCanHandleUTC || fProfileCfgP->fUnfloatFloating) && !TCTX_IS_DATEONLY(tsFldP->getTimeContext()) && !tsFldP->isDuration()) { |
| 3471 | // not intentionally floating, but just not capable otherwise |
| 3472 | // - put it into context of item (which is in this case session's user context) |
| 3473 | tsFldP->setTimeContext(fItemTimeContext); |
| 3474 | } |
| 3475 | } |
| 3476 | else { |
| 3477 | // non-floating |
| 3478 | if (fHasExplicitTZ) { |
| 3479 | // item has explicit zone - move timestamp to it (e.g. if timestamps are sent |
| 3480 | // in ISO8601 Z notation, but a TZ/DAYLIGHT or TZID is present) |
| 3481 | tsFldP->moveToContext(tctx,false); |
| 3482 | } |
| 3483 | } |
| 3484 | } |
| 3485 | // special conversions |
| 3486 | if (convmode==CONVMODE_DATE4) { |
| 3487 | tsFldP->makeFloating(); // date-only is forced floating |
| 3488 | } |
| 3489 | else if (convmode==CONVMODE_AUTOENDDATE6 && fMimeDirMode==mimo_old) { |
| 3490 | // check if this could be a 23:59 type end-of-day |
| 3491 | lineartime_t ts = tsFldP->getTimestampAs(fItemTimeContext,&tctx); // get in item context or floating |
| 3492 | lineartime_t ts0 = lineartime2dateonlyTime(ts); |
| 3493 | if (ts0!=ts && AlldayCount(ts0,ts)>0) { // only if not already a 0:00 |
| 3494 | // this is a 23:59 type end-of-day, convert it to midnight of next day (AND adjust time context, in case it is now different from original) |
| 3495 | tsFldP->setTimestampAndContext(lineartime2dateonlyTime(ts)+linearDateToTimeFactor,tctx); |
| 3496 | } |
| 3497 | } |
| 3498 | } |
| 3499 | else { |
| 3500 | // read as text |
| 3501 | fldP->setAsString(aText); |
| 3502 | } |
| 3503 | } |
| 3504 | return true; // found |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | // Time zones |
| 3507 | case CONVMODE_TZ7: |
| 3508 | // parse time zone |
| 3509 | if (ISO8601StrToContext(aText, tctx)!=0) { |
| 3510 | // Note: this is always global for the entire item, so set the item context |
| 3511 | // (which is then used when parsing dates (which should be delayed to make sure TZ is seen first) |
| 3512 | fItemTimeContext = tctx; |
| 3513 | if (!TCTX_IS_TZ(tctx)) { |
| 3514 | // only offset. Try to symbolize it by passing a DAYLIGHT:FALSE and the offset |
| 3515 | if (TzDaylightToContext("FALSE", fItemTimeContext, tctx, getSessionZones(), fReceiverTimeContext)) |
| 3516 | fItemTimeContext = tctx; // there is a symbolized context, keep that |
| 3517 | } |
| 3518 | fHasExplicitTZ = true; // zone explicitly set, not only copied from session's user zone |
| 3519 | goto timecontext; |
| 3520 | } |
| 3521 | return true; // not set, is ok |
| 3522 | case CONVMODE_DAYLIGHT8: |
| 3523 | // parse DAYLIGHT zone description property, prefer user zone (among multiple zones matching the Tz/daylight info) |
| 3524 | // - resolve to offset (assuming that item context came from a TZ property, so it will |
| 3525 | // be one of the non-DST zones, so reftime does not matter) |
| 3526 | tctx = fItemTimeContext; |
| 3527 | TzResolveContext(tctx, getSystemNowAs(TCTX_UTC((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_UTC) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)), getSessionZones()), true, getSessionZones()); |
| 3528 | // - now find matching zone for given offset and DAYLIGHT property string |
| 3529 | if (TzDaylightToContext(aText,tctx,tctx,getSessionZones(),fReceiverTimeContext)) { |
| 3530 | // this is always global for the entire item, so set the item context |
| 3531 | // (which is then used when parsing dates (which should be delayed to make sure TZ is seen first) |
| 3532 | fItemTimeContext = tctx; |
| 3533 | fHasExplicitTZ = true; // zone explicitly set, not only copied from session's user zone |
| 3534 | goto timecontext; |
| 3535 | } |
| 3536 | return true; // not set, is ok |
| 3537 | case CONVMODE_TZID9: |
| 3538 | // try to get context for named zone |
| 3539 | // - look up in TZIDs we've parsed so far from VTIMEZONE |
| 3540 | tz = fParsedTzidSet.find(aText); |
| 3541 | if (tz!=fParsedTzidSet.end()) { |
| 3542 | tctx = tz->second; // get tctx resolved from VTIMEZONE |
| 3543 | // use tctx for all values from this property |
| 3544 | fPropTZIDtctx = tctx; |
| 3545 | goto timecontext; |
| 3546 | } |
| 3547 | else if (TimeZoneNameToContext(aText, tctx, getSessionZones(), true)) { |
| 3548 | // found valid TZID property, save it so we can use it for all values of this property that don't specify their own TZ |
| 3549 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_ERROR,("Warning: TZID %s could be resolved against internal name, but appropriate VTIMEZONE is missing",aText)){ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("Warning: TZID %s could be resolved against internal name, but appropriate VTIMEZONE is missing" ,aText); }; |
| 3550 | fPropTZIDtctx=tctx; |
| 3551 | goto timecontext; |
| 3552 | } |
| 3553 | else { |
| 3554 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_ERROR,("Invalid TZID value '%s' found (no related VTIMEZONES found and not referring to an internal time zone name)",aText)){ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("Invalid TZID value '%s' found (no related VTIMEZONES found and not referring to an internal time zone name)" ,aText); }; |
| 3555 | } |
| 3556 | return true; // not set, is ok |
| 3557 | timecontext: |
| 3558 | // if no field, we still have the zone as fItemTimeContext |
| 3559 | if (!fldP) return true; // no field, is ok |
| 3560 | else if (fldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) { |
| 3561 | // based on timestamp, assign context to that timestamp |
| 3562 | tsFldP = static_cast<TTimestampField *>(fldP); |
| 3563 | tsFldP->setTimeContext(tctx); |
| 3564 | } |
| 3565 | else if (fldP->getCalcType()==fty_integer || !TCTX_IS_TZ(tctx)) { |
| 3566 | // integer field or non-symbolic time zone: |
| 3567 | // assign minute offset as number (calculated for now) |
| 3568 | TzResolveToOffset(tctx, moffs, getSession()->getSystemNowAs(TCTX_UTC((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_UTC) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ))), true, getSessionZones()); |
| 3569 | fldP->setAsInteger(moffs); |
| 3570 | } |
| 3571 | else { |
| 3572 | // assign symbolic time zone name |
| 3573 | TimeZoneContextToName(tctx, s, getSessionZones()); |
| 3574 | fldP->setAsString(s); |
| 3575 | } |
| 3576 | return true; |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | case CONVMODE_MULTIMIX15: |
| 3579 | case CONVMODE_BITMAP11: |
| 3580 | while (*aText && *aText==' ') aText++; // skip leading spaces |
| 3581 | if (convmode==CONVMODE_MULTIMIX15) { |
| 3582 | // parse value to determine field |
| 3583 | if (!mixvalparse(aText, offs, isBitMap, n)) return true; // syntax not ok, nop |
| 3584 | fldP = aItem.getArrayField(aFid+offs,aArrIndex); |
| 3585 | } |
| 3586 | else { |
| 3587 | // just bit number |
| 3588 | isBitMap=true; |
| 3589 | if (StrToUShort(aText,n,2)<1) return true; // no integer convertible value, nop |
| 3590 | } |
| 3591 | if (!fldP) return true; // no field, assignment "ok" (=nop) |
| 3592 | if (isBitMap) { |
| 3593 | // store or add to bitmap |
| 3594 | // - get current bitmap value if we have a spearator (means that we can have multiple values) |
| 3595 | if (aConvDefP->combineSep) |
| 3596 | flags=fldP->getAsInteger(); |
| 3597 | flags = flags | ((fieldinteger_t)1<<n); |
| 3598 | // - save updated flags |
| 3599 | fldP->setAsInteger(flags); |
| 3600 | } |
| 3601 | else { |
| 3602 | // store as literal |
| 3603 | fldP->setAsString(aText+n); |
| 3604 | } |
| 3605 | return true; // ok |
| 3606 | case CONVMODE_VERSION1: |
| 3607 | // version string |
| 3608 | // - return true if correct version string |
| 3609 | return strucmp(aText,aItem.getItemType()->getTypeVers(fProfileMode))==0; |
| 3610 | case CONVMODE_PRODID2: |
| 3611 | case CONVMODE_VALUETYPE14: |
| 3612 | case CONVMODE_FULLVALUETYPE16: |
| 3613 | return true; // simply ignore, always ok |
| 3614 | case CONVMODE_RRULE20 +0: |
| 3615 | // helpers |
| 3616 | TTimestampField *tfP; |
| 3617 | TIntegerField *ifP; |
| 3618 | TStringField *sfP; |
| 3619 | if (aFid<0) return true; // no field block, assignment "ok" (=nop) |
| 3620 | // read DTSTART (last=6th field in block) as reference for converting count to end time point |
| 3621 | dtstart=0; // start date/time, as reference |
| 3622 | if (!(tfP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TTimestampField,fty_timestamp,aItem.getArrayField(aFid+5,aArrIndex))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid+5,aArrIndex)->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp ) ? static_cast<TTimestampField *>(aItem.getArrayField( aFid+5,aArrIndex)) : __null))) return false; |
| 3623 | // TZ and TZID should be applied to dates by now, so dtstart should be in right zone |
| 3624 | dtstart = tfP->getTimestampAs(TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)),&startcontext); |
| 3625 | if (TCTX_IS_UTC(startcontext)) { |
| 3626 | // UTC is probably not the correct zone to resolve weekdays -> convert to item zone |
| 3627 | dtstart = tfP->getTimestampAs(fItemTimeContext,&startcontext); |
| 3628 | } |
| 3629 | // init field block values |
| 3630 | freq='0'; // frequency |
| 3631 | freqmod=' '; // frequency modifier |
| 3632 | interval=0; // unspecified interval |
| 3633 | firstmask=0; // day mask counted from the first day of the period |
| 3634 | lastmask=0; // day mask counted from the last day of the period |
| 3635 | until=0; // last day |
| 3636 | // do the conversion here |
| 3637 | dostore=false; |
| 3638 | if (fMimeDirMode==mimo_old) { |
| 3639 | // vCalendar 1.0 type RRULE |
| 3640 | dostore=RRULE1toInternal( |
| 3641 | aText, // RRULE string to be parsed |
| 3642 | dtstart, // reference date for parsing RRULE |
| 3643 | startcontext, |
| 3644 | freq, |
| 3645 | freqmod, |
| 3646 | interval, |
| 3647 | firstmask, |
| 3648 | lastmask, |
| 3649 | until, |
| 3650 | untilcontext, |
| 3651 | GETDBGLOGGER(getDbgLogger()) |
| 3652 | ); |
| 3653 | } |
| 3654 | else { |
| 3655 | // iCalendar 2.0 type RRULE |
| 3656 | dostore=RRULE2toInternal( |
| 3657 | aText, // RRULE string to be parsed |
| 3658 | dtstart, // reference date for parsing RRULE |
| 3659 | startcontext, |
| 3660 | freq, |
| 3661 | freqmod, |
| 3662 | interval, |
| 3663 | firstmask, |
| 3664 | lastmask, |
| 3665 | until, |
| 3666 | untilcontext, |
| 3667 | GETDBGLOGGER(getDbgLogger()) |
| 3668 | ); |
| 3669 | } |
| 3670 | if (dostore) { |
| 3671 | // store values into field block |
| 3672 | // - freq/freqmod |
| 3673 | if (!(sfP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TStringField,fty_string,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex)->isBasedOn(fty_string ) ? static_cast<TStringField *>(aItem.getArrayField(aFid ,aArrIndex)) : __null))) return false; |
| 3674 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 3675 | sfP->assignEmpty(); |
| 3676 | if (freq!='0') { |
| 3677 | sfP->appendChar(freq); |
| 3678 | sfP->appendChar(freqmod); |
| 3679 | } |
| 3680 | // - interval |
| 3681 | if (!(ifP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TIntegerField,fty_integer,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex)->isBasedOn(fty_integer ) ? static_cast<TIntegerField *>(aItem.getArrayField(aFid ,aArrIndex)) : __null))) return false; |
| 3682 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 3683 | ifP->setAsInteger(interval); |
| 3684 | // - firstmask |
| 3685 | if (!(ifP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TIntegerField,fty_integer,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex)->isBasedOn(fty_integer ) ? static_cast<TIntegerField *>(aItem.getArrayField(aFid ,aArrIndex)) : __null))) return false; |
| 3686 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 3687 | ifP->setAsInteger(firstmask); |
| 3688 | // - lastmask |
| 3689 | if (!(ifP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TIntegerField,fty_integer,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex)->isBasedOn(fty_integer ) ? static_cast<TIntegerField *>(aItem.getArrayField(aFid ,aArrIndex)) : __null))) return false; |
| 3690 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 3691 | ifP->setAsInteger(lastmask); |
| 3692 | // - until |
| 3693 | if (!(tfP = ITEMFIELD_DYNAMIC_CAST_PTR(TTimestampField,fty_timestamp,aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex))(aItem.getArrayField(aFid,aArrIndex)->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp ) ? static_cast<TTimestampField *>(aItem.getArrayField( aFid,aArrIndex)) : __null))) return false; |
| 3694 | aFid++; // do NOT INCREMENT in macro, as it would get incremented twice |
| 3695 | tfP->setTimestampAndContext(until,untilcontext); |
| 3696 | // - dtstart is not stored, but only read above for reference |
| 3697 | // done |
| 3698 | return true; |
| 3699 | } |
| 3700 | else { |
| 3701 | return false; |
| 3702 | } |
| 3703 | break; // just in case |
| 3704 | default: |
| 3705 | // unknown mode, cannot convert |
| 3706 | return false; |
| 3707 | } |
| 3708 | return false; |
| 3709 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::MIMEStringToField |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | // helper for parseMimeDir() |
| 3713 | // - parse parameter or property value(list), returns false if no value(list) |
| 3714 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue( |
| 3715 | const string &aText, // string to parse as value (could be binary content) |
| 3716 | const TConversionDef *aConvDefP, |
| 3717 | sInt16 aBaseOffset, // base offset |
| 3718 | sInt16 aRepOffset, // repeat offset, adds to aBaseOffset for non-array fields, is array index for array fileds |
| 3719 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, // the item where data goes to |
| 3720 | bool &aNotEmpty, // is set true (but never set false) if property contained any (non-positional) values |
| 3721 | char aSeparator, // separator between values |
| 3722 | TMimeDirMode aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 3723 | bool aParamValue, // set if parsing parameter value (different escaping rules) |
| 3724 | bool aStructured, // set if value consists of multiple values (has semicolon content escaping) |
| 3725 | bool aOnlyDeEscLF // set if de-escaping only for \n -> LF, but all visible char escapes should be left intact |
| 3726 | ) |
| 3727 | { |
| 3728 | string val,val2; |
| 3729 | char c; |
| 3730 | const char *p; |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | // determine field ID |
| 3733 | sInt16 fid=aConvDefP->fieldid; |
| 3734 | if (fid>=0) { |
| 3735 | // value has field where it can be stored |
| 3736 | // - fid is ALWAYS offset by baseoffset |
| 3737 | fid += aBaseOffset; |
| 3738 | // - adjust fid and repoffset (add them and reset aRepOffset if no array field) |
| 3739 | aItem.adjustFidAndIndex(fid,aRepOffset); |
| 3740 | // find out if value exists (available in source and target) |
| 3741 | if (isFieldAvailable(aItem,fid)) { |
| 3742 | // parse only if field available in both source and target |
| 3743 | if ( |
| 3744 | (aConvDefP->convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF)==CONVMODE_BLOB_B6412 || |
| 3745 | (aConvDefP->convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF)==CONVMODE_BLOB_AUTO17 |
| 3746 | ) { |
| 3747 | // move 1:1 into field |
| 3748 | // - get pointer to leaf field |
| 3749 | TItemField *fldP = aItem.getArrayField(fid,aRepOffset); |
| 3750 | // - directly set field with entire (possiby binary) string content |
| 3751 | if (fldP) fldP->setAsString(aText); |
| 3752 | // parsed successfully |
| 3753 | return true; |
| 3754 | } |
| 3755 | // normal text value, apply de-escaping, charset transformation, value list and enum conversion |
| 3756 | p = aText.c_str(); // start here |
| 3757 | while (*p) { |
| 3758 | // value list loop |
| 3759 | // - get next value |
| 3760 | val.erase(); |
| 3761 | while ((c=*p)!=0) { |
| 3762 | // check for field list separator (if field allows list at all) |
| 3763 | if (c==aSeparator && aConvDefP->combineSep) { |
| 3764 | p++; // skip separator |
| 3765 | break; |
| 3766 | } |
| 3767 | // check for escaped chars |
| 3768 | if (!aParamValue && c=='\\') { |
| 3769 | p++; |
| 3770 | c=*p; |
| 3771 | if (!c) break; // half escape sequence, ignore |
| 3772 | else if (c=='n' || c=='N') c='\n'; |
| 3773 | else if (aOnlyDeEscLF) val+='\\'; // if deescaping only for \n, transfer this non-LF escape into output |
| 3774 | // other escaped chars are shown as themselves |
| 3775 | } |
| 3776 | // add char |
| 3777 | val+=c; |
| 3778 | // next |
| 3779 | p++; |
| 3780 | } |
| 3781 | // find first non-space and number of chars excluding leading and trailing spaces |
| 3782 | const char* valnospc = val.c_str(); |
| 3783 | size_t numnospc=val.size(); |
| 3784 | while (*valnospc && *valnospc==' ') { valnospc++; numnospc--; } |
| 3785 | while (*(valnospc+numnospc-1)==' ') { numnospc--; } |
| 3786 | // - counts as non-empty if there is a non-empty (and not space-only) value string (even if |
| 3787 | // it might be converted to empty-value in enum conversion) |
| 3788 | if (*valnospc) aNotEmpty=true; |
| 3789 | // - apply enum translation if any |
| 3790 | const TEnumerationDef *enumP = aConvDefP->findEnumByName(valnospc,numnospc); |
| 3791 | if (enumP) { |
| 3792 | // we have an explicit value (can be default if there is a enm_defaultvalue enum) |
| 3793 | if (enumP->enummode==enm_ignore) |
| 3794 | continue; // do not assign anything, get next value |
| 3795 | else { |
| 3796 | if (enumP->enummode==enm_prefix) { |
| 3797 | // append original value minus prefix to translation |
| 3798 | size_t n=TCFG_SIZE(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.size(); |
| 3799 | val2.assign(valnospc+n,numnospc-n); // copying from original val |
| 3800 | val=enumP->enumval; // assign the prefix |
| 3801 | val+=val2; // and append the original value sans prefix |
| 3802 | } |
| 3803 | else { |
| 3804 | val=enumP->enumval; // just use translated value |
| 3805 | } |
| 3806 | } |
| 3807 | } |
| 3808 | // assign (or add) value to field |
| 3809 | if (!MIMEStringToField( |
| 3810 | val.c_str(), // the value text to assign or add to the field |
| 3811 | aConvDefP, // the conversion definition |
| 3812 | aItem, |
| 3813 | fid, // field ID, can be -1 |
| 3814 | aRepOffset // 0 or array index |
| 3815 | )) { |
| 3816 | // field conversion error |
| 3817 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_ERROR,({ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField assignment (fid=%hd, arrindex=%hd) failed" , fid, aRepOffset ); } |
| 3818 | "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField assignment (fid=%hd, arrindex=%hd) failed",{ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField assignment (fid=%hd, arrindex=%hd) failed" , fid, aRepOffset ); } |
| 3819 | fid,{ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField assignment (fid=%hd, arrindex=%hd) failed" , fid, aRepOffset ); } |
| 3820 | aRepOffset{ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField assignment (fid=%hd, arrindex=%hd) failed" , fid, aRepOffset ); } |
| 3821 | )){ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField assignment (fid=%hd, arrindex=%hd) failed" , fid, aRepOffset ); }; |
| 3822 | return false; |
| 3823 | } |
| 3824 | } // while(more chars in value text) |
| 3825 | } // if source and target fields available |
| 3826 | else { |
| 3827 | // show this in log, as most probably it's a remote devInf bug |
| 3828 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE,("No value stored for field index %hd because remote indicates not supported in devInf",fid)){ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ("No value stored for field index %hd because remote indicates not supported in devInf" ,fid); }; |
| 3829 | } |
| 3830 | } // if fieldid exists |
| 3831 | else { |
| 3832 | // could be special conversion using no data or data from |
| 3833 | // internal object variables (such as VERSION value) |
| 3834 | if (!MIMEStringToField( |
| 3835 | aText.c_str(), // the value text to process |
| 3836 | aConvDefP, // the conversion definition |
| 3837 | aItem, |
| 3838 | FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128, |
| 3839 | 0 |
| 3840 | )) { |
| 3841 | // field conversion error |
| 3842 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_ERROR,({ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField in check mode (no field) failed with val=%s" , aText.c_str() ); } |
| 3843 | "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField in check mode (no field) failed with val=%s",{ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField in check mode (no field) failed with val=%s" , aText.c_str() ); } |
| 3844 | aText.c_str(){ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField in check mode (no field) failed with val=%s" , aText.c_str() ); } |
| 3845 | )){ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue: MIMEStringToField in check mode (no field) failed with val=%s" , aText.c_str() ); }; |
| 3846 | return false; |
| 3847 | } |
| 3848 | } |
| 3849 | // parsed successfully |
| 3850 | return true; |
| 3851 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseValue |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 | // parse given property |
| 3856 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty( |
| 3857 | cAppCharP &aText, // where to start interpreting property, will be updated past end of what was scanned |
| 3858 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, // item to store data into |
| 3859 | const TPropertyDefinition *aPropP, // the property definition |
| 3860 | sInt16 *aRepArray, // array[repeatID], holding current repetition COUNT for a certain nameExts entry |
| 3861 | sInt16 aRepArraySize, // size of array (for security) |
| 3862 | TMimeDirMode aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 3863 | cAppCharP aGroupName, // property group ("a" in "a.TEL:131723612") |
| 3864 | size_t aGroupNameLen, |
| 3865 | cAppCharP aFullPropName, // entire property name (excluding group) - might be needed in case of wildcard property match |
| 3866 | size_t aFullNameLen |
| 3867 | ) |
| 3868 | { |
| 3869 | TNameExtIDMap nameextmap; |
| 3870 | const TParameterDefinition *paramP; |
| 3871 | const char *p,*ep,*vp; |
| 3872 | char c; |
| 3873 | string pname; |
| 3874 | string val; |
| 3875 | string unprocessedVal; |
| 3876 | bool defaultparam; |
| 3877 | bool fieldoffsetfound; |
| 3878 | bool notempty = false; |
| 3879 | bool valuelist; |
| 3880 | sInt16 pidx; // parameter index |
| 3881 | TEncodingTypes encoding; |
| 3882 | TCharSets charset; |
| 3883 | // field storage info vars, defaults are used if property has no TPropNameExtension |
| 3884 | sInt16 baseoffset = 0; |
| 3885 | sInt16 repoffset = 0; |
| 3886 | sInt16 maxrep = 1; // no repeat by default |
| 3887 | sInt16 repinc = 1; // inc by 1 |
| 3888 | sInt16 repid = -1; // invalid by default |
| 3889 | bool overwriteempty = false; // do not overwrite empty values by default |
| 3890 | bool repoffsByGroup = false; |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | // init |
| 3893 | encoding = enc_none; // no encoding by default |
| 3894 | charset = aMimeMode==mimo_standard ? chs_utf8 : fDefaultInCharset; // always UTF8 for real MIME-DIR (same as enclosing SyncML doc), for mimo_old depends on <inputcharset> remote rule option (normally UTF-8) |
| 3895 | nameextmap = 0; // no name extensions detected so far |
| 3896 | fieldoffsetfound = (aPropP->nameExts==NULL__null); // no first pass needed at all w/o nameExts, just use offs=0 |
| 3897 | valuelist = aPropP->valuelist; // cache flag |
| 3898 | // prepare storage as unprocessed value |
| 3899 | if (aPropP->unprocessed) { |
| 3900 | if (aGroupName && *aGroupName) { |
| 3901 | unprocessedVal.assign(aGroupName, aGroupNameLen); |
| 3902 | unprocessedVal += '.'; |
| 3903 | } |
| 3904 | unprocessedVal.append(aFullPropName, aFullNameLen); |
| 3905 | } |
| 3906 | // scan parameter list (even if unprocessed, to catch ENCODING and CHARSET) |
| 3907 | do { |
| 3908 | p=aText; |
| 3909 | while (*p==';') { |
| 3910 | // param follows |
| 3911 | defaultparam=false; |
| 3912 | pname.erase(); |
| 3913 | p=nextunfolded(p,aMimeMode); |
| 3914 | // parameter expected here |
| 3915 | // - find end of parameter name |
| 3916 | vp=NULL__null; // no param name found |
| 3917 | for (ep=p; *ep; ep=nextunfolded(ep,aMimeMode)) { |
| 3918 | if (*ep=='=') { |
| 3919 | // param value follows at vp |
| 3920 | vp=nextunfolded(ep,aMimeMode); |
| 3921 | break; |
| 3922 | } |
| 3923 | else if (*ep==':' || *ep==';') { |
| 3924 | // end of parameter name w/o equal sign |
| 3925 | if (aMimeMode!=mimo_old) { |
| 3926 | // only mimo_old allows default params, but as e.g. Nokia Intellisync (Synchrologic) does this completely wrong, we now tolerate it |
| 3927 | POBJDEBUGPRINTFX(getSession(),DBG_ERROR,({ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Parameter without value: %s - is wrong in MIME-DIR, but we tolerate it and parse as default param name" , pname.c_str() ); } |
| 3928 | "Parameter without value: %s - is wrong in MIME-DIR, but we tolerate it and parse as default param name",{ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Parameter without value: %s - is wrong in MIME-DIR, but we tolerate it and parse as default param name" , pname.c_str() ); } |
| 3929 | pname.c_str(){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Parameter without value: %s - is wrong in MIME-DIR, but we tolerate it and parse as default param name" , pname.c_str() ); } |
| 3930 | )){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "Parameter without value: %s - is wrong in MIME-DIR, but we tolerate it and parse as default param name" , pname.c_str() ); }; |
| 3931 | } |
| 3932 | // treat this as a value of the default parameter (correct syntax in old vCard 2.1/vCal 1.0, wrong in MIME-DIR) |
| 3933 | defaultparam=true; // default param |
| 3934 | // value is equal to param name and starts at p |
| 3935 | vp=p; |
| 3936 | break; |
| 3937 | } |
| 3938 | // add char to param name (unfolded!) |
| 3939 | pname+=*ep; |
| 3940 | } |
| 3941 | if (!vp) { |
| 3942 | POBJDEBUGPRINTFX(getSession(),DBG_ERROR,("parseProperty: bad parameter %s (missing value)",pname.c_str())){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseProperty: bad parameter %s (missing value)" ,pname.c_str()); }; |
| 3943 | return false; |
| 3944 | } |
| 3945 | // parameter name & value isolated, pname=name (if not defaultparam), vp points to value |
| 3946 | // - obtain unfolded value |
| 3947 | val.erase(); |
| 3948 | bool dquoted = false; |
| 3949 | bool wasdquoted = false; |
| 3950 | // - note: we allow quoted params even with mimo_old, as the chance is much higher that a param value |
| 3951 | // beginning with doublequote is actually a quoted string than a value containing a doublequote at the beginning |
| 3952 | if (*vp=='"') { |
| 3953 | dquoted = true; |
| 3954 | wasdquoted = true; |
| 3955 | vp=nextunfolded(vp,aMimeMode); |
| 3956 | } |
| 3957 | do { |
| 3958 | c=*vp; |
| 3959 | if (isEndOfLineOrText(c)) break; |
| 3960 | if (dquoted) { |
| 3961 | // within double quoted value, only closing dquote can end it |
| 3962 | if (c=='"') { |
| 3963 | // swallow closing double quote and proceed (next should be end of value anyway) |
| 3964 | vp = nextunfolded(vp,aMimeMode); |
| 3965 | dquoted = false; |
| 3966 | continue; |
| 3967 | } |
| 3968 | } |
| 3969 | else { |
| 3970 | // not within double quoted value |
| 3971 | if (c==':' || c==';') break; // end of value |
| 3972 | } |
| 3973 | val+=c; |
| 3974 | // cancel QP softbreaks if encoding is already switched to QP at this point |
| 3975 | vp=nextunfolded(vp,aMimeMode,encoding==enc_quoted_printable); |
| 3976 | } while(true); |
| 3977 | // - processing of next param starts here |
| 3978 | p=vp; |
| 3979 | // check for global parameters |
| 3980 | bool storeUnprocessed = true; // in case this is a unprocessed property, flag will be cleared to prevent storing params that still ARE processed |
| 3981 | if ((aMimeMode==mimo_old && defaultparam) || strucmp(pname.c_str(),"ENCODING")==0) { |
| 3982 | // get encoding |
| 3983 | // Note: always process ENCODING, as QP is mimo-old specific and must be removed for normalized storage |
| 3984 | for (sInt16 k=0; k<numMIMEencodings; k++) { |
| 3985 | if (strucmp(val.c_str(),MIMEEncodingNames[k])==0) { |
| 3986 | encoding=static_cast <TEncodingTypes> (k); |
| 3987 | } |
| 3988 | } |
| 3989 | if (aPropP->unprocessed) { |
| 3990 | if (encoding==enc_quoted_printable) |
| 3991 | storeUnprocessed = false; // QP will be decoded (for unprocessed properties), so param must not be stored |
| 3992 | else |
| 3993 | encoding = enc_none; // other encodings will not be processed for unprocessed properties |
| 3994 | } |
| 3995 | } |
| 3996 | else if (strucmp(pname.c_str(),"CHARSET")==0) { |
| 3997 | // charset specified (mimo_old value-only not supported) |
| 3998 | // Note: always process CHARSET, because non-UTF8 cannot be safely passed to DBs, so we need |
| 3999 | // to convert in case it's not UTF-8 even for "unprocessed" properties |
| 4000 | sInt16 k; |
| 4001 | for (k=1; k<numCharSets; k++) { |
| 4002 | if (strucmp(val.c_str(),MIMECharSetNames[k])==0) { |
| 4003 | // charset found |
| 4004 | charset=TCharSets(k); |
| 4005 | break; |
| 4006 | } |
| 4007 | } |
| 4008 | if (k>=numCharSets) { |
| 4009 | // unknown charset |
| 4010 | POBJDEBUGPRINTFX(getSession(),DBG_ERROR,("========== WARNING: Unknown Charset '%s'",val.c_str())){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("========== WARNING: Unknown Charset '%s'" ,val.c_str()); }; |
| 4011 | // %%% replace 8bit chars with underscore |
| 4012 | charset=chs_unknown; |
| 4013 | } |
| 4014 | storeUnprocessed = false; // CHARSET is never included in unprocessed property, as we always store UTF-8 |
| 4015 | } |
| 4016 | if (aPropP->unprocessed && storeUnprocessed && fieldoffsetfound) { |
| 4017 | // append in reconstructed form for storing "unprocessed" (= lightly normalized) |
| 4018 | unprocessedVal += ';'; |
| 4019 | unprocessedVal += pname; |
| 4020 | if (!defaultparam) { |
| 4021 | unprocessedVal += '='; |
| 4022 | if (wasdquoted) unprocessedVal += '"'; |
| 4023 | unprocessedVal += val; |
| 4024 | if (wasdquoted) unprocessedVal += '"'; |
| 4025 | } |
| 4026 | } |
| 4027 | // find param in list now |
| 4028 | paramP = aPropP->parameterDefs; |
| 4029 | pidx=0; // parameter index |
| 4030 | while (paramP) { |
| 4031 | // check for match |
| 4032 | if ( |
| 4033 | mimeModeMatch(paramP->modeDependency) && |
| 4034 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 4035 | (!paramP->ruleDependency || isActiveRule(paramP->ruleDependency)) && |
| 4036 | #endif |
| 4037 | ((defaultparam && paramP->defaultparam) || strucmp(pname.c_str(),TCFG_CSTR(paramP->paramname)paramP->paramname.c_str())==0) |
| 4038 | ) { |
| 4039 | // param name found |
| 4040 | // - process value (list) |
| 4041 | if (!fieldoffsetfound) { |
| 4042 | // first pass, check for extendsname parameters |
| 4043 | if (paramP->extendsname) { |
| 4044 | // - for each value in the value list, check if it has a nameextid |
| 4045 | if (!paramP->convdef.enumdefs) { |
| 4046 | DEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE,({ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseProperty: extendsname param w/o enum : %s;%s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), paramP->paramname.c_str() ) ; } |
| 4047 | "parseProperty: extendsname param w/o enum : %s;%s",{ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseProperty: extendsname param w/o enum : %s;%s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), paramP->paramname.c_str() ) ; } |
| 4048 | TCFG_CSTR(aPropP->propname),{ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseProperty: extendsname param w/o enum : %s;%s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), paramP->paramname.c_str() ) ; } |
| 4049 | TCFG_CSTR(paramP->paramname){ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseProperty: extendsname param w/o enum : %s;%s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), paramP->paramname.c_str() ) ; } |
| 4050 | )){ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseProperty: extendsname param w/o enum : %s;%s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), paramP->paramname.c_str() ) ; }; |
| 4051 | return false; |
| 4052 | } |
| 4053 | // - loop through value list |
| 4054 | ep=val.c_str(); |
| 4055 | while (*ep) { |
| 4056 | sInt32 n; |
| 4057 | const char *pp; |
| 4058 | // find end of next value in list |
| 4059 | for (n=0,pp=ep; *pp; pp++) { |
| 4060 | if (*pp==',') { |
| 4061 | pp++; // skip the comma |
| 4062 | break; |
| 4063 | } |
| 4064 | n++; |
| 4065 | } |
| 4066 | // search in enums list |
| 4067 | const TEnumerationDef *enumP = paramP->convdef.findEnumByName(ep,n); |
| 4068 | if (enumP && enumP->nameextid>=0) { |
| 4069 | // set name extension map bit |
| 4070 | nameextmap |= ((TNameExtIDMap)1<<enumP->nameextid); |
| 4071 | } |
| 4072 | // next value in list |
| 4073 | ep=pp; |
| 4074 | } |
| 4075 | } // if extendsname |
| 4076 | } // first pass |
| 4077 | else { |
| 4078 | // second pass: read param value(s) |
| 4079 | if (!parseValue( |
| 4080 | val, // input string, possibly binary (e.g. in case of B64 encoded PHOTO) |
| 4081 | &(paramP->convdef), |
| 4082 | baseoffset, // base offset (as determined by position) |
| 4083 | repoffset, // repetition offset or array index |
| 4084 | aItem, // the item where data goes to |
| 4085 | notempty, // set true if value(s) parsed are not all empty |
| 4086 | defaultparam ? ';' : ',', // value list separator |
| 4087 | aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 4088 | true, // parsing a parameter |
| 4089 | false, // no structured value |
| 4090 | false // normal, full de-escaping |
| 4091 | )) { |
| 4092 | DEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE,({ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , pname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4093 | "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s",{ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , pname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4094 | pname.c_str(),{ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , pname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4095 | val.c_str(){ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , pname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4096 | )){ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , pname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); }; |
| 4097 | return false; |
| 4098 | } |
| 4099 | } // second pass |
| 4100 | } // if (param known) |
| 4101 | // test next param |
| 4102 | paramP=paramP->next; |
| 4103 | pidx++; |
| 4104 | } // while more params |
| 4105 | // p points to ';' of next param or ':' of value |
| 4106 | } // while more parameters (*p==';') |
| 4107 | // check if both passes done or if property storage is explicitly blocked already (baseoffset=-1) |
| 4108 | if (fieldoffsetfound) break; |
| 4109 | // start second pass |
| 4110 | fieldoffsetfound=true; |
| 4111 | // - assume empty to start with |
| 4112 | notempty=false; |
| 4113 | // - prepare for second pass: check if set of param values match |
| 4114 | // an entry in the nameexts list |
| 4115 | TPropNameExtension *propnameextP = aPropP->nameExts; |
| 4116 | if (propnameextP) { |
| 4117 | repoffsByGroup = false; |
| 4118 | bool dostore = false; |
| 4119 | while (propnameextP) { |
| 4120 | // check if entry matches parsed extendsname param values |
| 4121 | if ( |
| 4122 | ((propnameextP->musthave_ids & nameextmap) == propnameextP->musthave_ids) && // needed there |
| 4123 | ((propnameextP->forbidden_ids & nameextmap) == 0) // none of the forbidden ones there |
| 4124 | ) { |
| 4125 | // found match, get offset |
| 4126 | baseoffset=propnameextP->fieldidoffs; |
| 4127 | if (baseoffset==OFFS_NOSTORE-9999) break; // abort with dostore=false |
| 4128 | // check if repeat needed/allowed |
| 4129 | maxrep=propnameextP->maxRepeat; |
| 4130 | if (maxrep==REP_REWRITE0) { |
| 4131 | dostore=true; // we can store |
| 4132 | break; // unlimited repeat allowed but stored in same fields (overwrite), no need for index search by group |
| 4133 | } |
| 4134 | // find index where to store this repetition |
| 4135 | repid=propnameextP->repeatID; |
| 4136 | if (repid>=aRepArraySize) |
| 4137 | SYSYNC_THROW(TSyncException(DEBUGTEXT("TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: repID too high","mdit11")))throw TSyncException("TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: repID too high" ); |
| 4138 | // check if a group ID determines the repoffset (not possible for valuelists) |
| 4139 | if (aPropP->groupFieldID!=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128 && !valuelist) { |
| 4140 | // search in group field |
| 4141 | string s; |
| 4142 | bool someGroups = false; |
| 4143 | for (sInt16 n=0; n<maxrep || maxrep==REP_ARRAY32767; n++) { |
| 4144 | sInt16 g_repoffset = n*propnameextP->repeatInc; // original repeatoffset (not adjusted yet) |
| 4145 | TItemField *g_fldP = aItem.getArrayFieldAdjusted(aPropP->groupFieldID+baseoffset,g_repoffset,true); // get leaf field, if it exists |
| 4146 | if (!g_fldP) break; // group field for that repetition does not (yet) exist, array exhausted |
| 4147 | // compare group name |
| 4148 | if (g_fldP->isAssigned()) { |
| 4149 | someGroups = someGroups || !g_fldP->isEmpty(); // when we find a non-empty group field, we have at least one group detected |
| 4150 | if (someGroups) { |
| 4151 | // don't use repetitions already used by SOME of the fields in the group |
| 4152 | // for auto-assigning new groups (or ungrouped occurrences) |
| 4153 | if (aRepArray[repid]<n+1) |
| 4154 | aRepArray[repid] = n+1; |
| 4155 | } |
| 4156 | // check if group matches (only if there is a group at all) |
| 4157 | g_fldP->getAsString(s); |
| 4158 | if (aGroupName && strucmp(aGroupName,s.c_str(),aGroupNameLen)==0) { |
| 4159 | repoffsByGroup = true; |
| 4160 | dostore = true; |
| 4161 | repoffset = g_repoffset; |
| 4162 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE+DBG_EXOTIC,("parseProperty: found group '%s' at repoffset=%d (repcount=%d)",s.c_str(),repoffset,n)){ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseProperty: found group '%s' at repoffset=%d (repcount=%d)" ,s.c_str(),repoffset,n); }; |
| 4163 | break; |
| 4164 | } |
| 4165 | } |
| 4166 | } // for all possible repetitions |
| 4167 | // minrep now contains minimal repetition count for !repoffsByGroup case |
| 4168 | } // if grouped property |
| 4169 | if (!repoffsByGroup) { |
| 4170 | if (aRepArray[repid]<maxrep || maxrep==REP_ARRAY32767) { |
| 4171 | // not exhausted, we can use this entry |
| 4172 | // - calculate repeat offset to be used |
| 4173 | repinc=propnameextP->repeatInc; |
| 4174 | // note: repArray will be updated below (if property not empty or !overwriteempty) |
| 4175 | do { |
| 4176 | repoffset = aRepArray[repid]*repinc; |
| 4177 | // - set flag if repeat offset should be incremented after storing an empty property or not |
| 4178 | overwriteempty = propnameextP->overwriteEmpty; |
| 4179 | // - check if target property main value is empty (must be, or we will skip that repetition) |
| 4180 | dostore = false; // if no field exists, we do not store |
| 4181 | for (sInt16 e=0; e<aPropP->numValues; e++) { |
| 4182 | if (aPropP->convdefs[e].fieldid==FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128) |
| 4183 | continue; // no field, no need to check it |
| 4184 | sInt16 e_fid = aPropP->convdefs[e].fieldid+baseoffset; |
| 4185 | sInt16 e_rep = repoffset; |
| 4186 | aItem.adjustFidAndIndex(e_fid,e_rep); |
| 4187 | // - get base field |
| 4188 | TItemField *e_basefldP = aItem.getField(e_fid); |
| 4189 | TItemField *e_fldP = NULL__null; |
| 4190 | if (e_basefldP) |
| 4191 | e_fldP=e_basefldP->getArrayField(e_rep,true); // get leaf field, if it exists |
| 4192 | if (!e_basefldP || (e_fldP && e_fldP->isAssigned()) || |
| 4193 | (aPropP->groupFieldID!=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128 && !valuelist && |
| 4194 | aItem.getArrayFieldAdjusted(aPropP->groupFieldID+baseoffset,e_rep,true))) { |
| 4195 | // base field of one of the main fields does not exist or leaf field is already assigned, |
| 4196 | // or the group field entry is already in use (doesn't matter whether it is empty) |
| 4197 | // -> skip that repetition |
| 4198 | dostore = false; |
| 4199 | break; |
| 4200 | } |
| 4201 | else |
| 4202 | dostore = true; // at least one field exists, we might store |
| 4203 | } |
| 4204 | // - check if shared fields used for parameters are available; |
| 4205 | // must be enabled explicitly with <parameter ... sharedfield="yes"> |
| 4206 | const TParameterDefinition *paramP = aPropP->parameterDefs; |
| 4207 | while (paramP) { |
| 4208 | if (paramP->sharedField && |
| 4209 | mimeModeMatch(paramP->modeDependency) |
| 4210 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 4211 | && (!paramP->ruleDependency || isActiveRule(paramP->ruleDependency)) |
| 4212 | #endif |
| 4213 | ) { |
| 4214 | if (paramP->convdef.fieldid==FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128) |
| 4215 | continue; // no field, no need to check it |
| 4216 | sInt16 e_fid = paramP->convdef.fieldid /* +baseoffset */; |
| 4217 | sInt16 e_rep = repoffset; |
| 4218 | aItem.adjustFidAndIndex(e_fid,e_rep); |
| 4219 | // - get base field |
| 4220 | TItemField *e_basefldP = aItem.getField(e_fid); |
| 4221 | TItemField *e_fldP = NULL__null; |
| 4222 | if (e_basefldP) |
| 4223 | e_fldP=e_basefldP->getArrayField(e_rep,true); // get leaf field, if it exists |
| 4224 | if (!e_basefldP || e_fldP) { |
| 4225 | // base field or leaf field is already in use |
| 4226 | // (unassigned is not good enough, otherwise we might end up adding information |
| 4227 | // to some other, previously parsed property using the same array field) |
| 4228 | // -> skip that repetition |
| 4229 | dostore=false; |
| 4230 | break; |
| 4231 | } |
| 4232 | } |
| 4233 | paramP=paramP->next; |
| 4234 | } |
| 4235 | // check if we can test more repetitions |
| 4236 | if (!dostore) { |
| 4237 | if (aRepArray[repid]+1<maxrep || maxrep==REP_ARRAY32767) { |
| 4238 | // we can increment and try next repetition |
| 4239 | aRepArray[repid]++; |
| 4240 | } |
| 4241 | else |
| 4242 | break; // no more possible repetitions with this position rule (check next rule) |
| 4243 | } |
| 4244 | } while (!dostore); |
| 4245 | if (dostore) break; // we can store now |
| 4246 | } // if repeat not yet exhausted |
| 4247 | } // if repoffset no already found |
| 4248 | } // if position rule matches |
| 4249 | // next |
| 4250 | propnameextP=propnameextP->next; |
| 4251 | } // while search for matching nameExts entry |
| 4252 | // abort if we can't store |
| 4253 | if (!dostore) { |
| 4254 | aText=p; // this is what we've read so far |
| 4255 | return false; |
| 4256 | } |
| 4257 | } // if name extension list not empty |
| 4258 | // Now baseoffset/repoffset are valid to be used for storage |
| 4259 | } while(true); // until parameter pass 1 & pass 2 done |
| 4260 | // parameters are all processed by now, decision made to store data (if !dostore, routine exits above) |
| 4261 | // - store the group tag value if we have one |
| 4262 | if (aPropP->groupFieldID!=FID_NOT_SUPPORTED-128) { |
| 4263 | TItemField *g_fldP = aItem.getArrayFieldAdjusted(aPropP->groupFieldID+baseoffset,repoffset,false); |
| 4264 | if (g_fldP) |
| 4265 | g_fldP->setAsString(aGroupName,aGroupNameLen); // store the group name (aGroupName might be NULL, that's ok) |
| 4266 | } |
| 4267 | if (aPropP->unprocessed) { |
| 4268 | if (*p==':') { |
| 4269 | // there is a value |
| 4270 | p++; |
| 4271 | // - get entire property value part, not checking for any separators, but converting to appchar (UTF-8) and unfolding |
| 4272 | decodeValue(encoding==enc_quoted_printable ? encoding : enc_none, charset, aMimeMode, 0, 0, p, val); |
| 4273 | // - add it to "unprocessed" value representation |
| 4274 | unprocessedVal += ':'; |
| 4275 | unprocessedVal += val; |
| 4276 | // - process this as a whole (de-escaping ONLY CRLFs) and assign to field |
| 4277 | if (!parseValue( |
| 4278 | unprocessedVal, |
| 4279 | &(aPropP->convdefs[0]), // the conversion definition |
| 4280 | baseoffset, // identifies base field |
| 4281 | repoffset, // repeat offset to base field / array index |
| 4282 | aItem, // the item where data goes to |
| 4283 | notempty, // set true if value(s) parsed are not all empty |
| 4284 | 0, // no value list separator |
| 4285 | aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 4286 | false, // no parameter |
| 4287 | false, // not structured |
| 4288 | true // only de-escape linefeeds, but nothing else |
| 4289 | )) { |
| 4290 | return false; |
| 4291 | } |
| 4292 | } // if property has a value part |
| 4293 | } // if unprocessed property |
| 4294 | else { |
| 4295 | // - read and decode value(s) |
| 4296 | char sep=':'; // first value starts with colon |
| 4297 | // repeat until we have all values |
| 4298 | for (sInt16 i=0; i<aPropP->numValues || valuelist; i++) { |
| 4299 | if (*p!=sep && (aPropP->altvaluesep==0 || *p!=aPropP->altvaluesep)) { |
| 4300 | #ifdef SYDEBUG2 |
| 4301 | // Note: for valuelists, this is the normal loop exit case as we are not limited by numValues |
| 4302 | if (!valuelist) { |
| 4303 | // New behaviour: omitting values is ok (needed e.g. for T39m) |
| 4304 | DEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE,("TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s does not specify all values",TCFG_CSTR(aPropP->propname))){ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ("TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s does not specify all values" ,aPropP->propname.c_str()); }; |
| 4305 | } |
| 4306 | #endif |
| 4307 | break; // all available values read |
| 4308 | } |
| 4309 | // skip separator |
| 4310 | p++; |
| 4311 | // get value(list) unfolded |
| 4312 | decodeValue(encoding,charset,aMimeMode,aPropP->numValues > 1 || valuelist ? aPropP->valuesep : 0,aPropP->altvaluesep,p,val); |
| 4313 | // check if we can store, otherwise just read over value |
| 4314 | // - get the conversion def for the value |
| 4315 | TConversionDef *convDef = &(aPropP->convdefs[valuelist ? 0 : i]); // always use convdef[0] for value lists |
| 4316 | // - store value if not a value list (but simple value or part of structured value), or store if |
| 4317 | // valuelist and repeat not yet exhausted, or if valuelist without repetition but combination separator |
| 4318 | // which allows to put multiple values into a single field |
| 4319 | if (!valuelist || repoffset<maxrep*repinc || maxrep==REP_ARRAY32767 || (valuelist && convDef->combineSep)) { |
| 4320 | // convert and store value (or comma separated value-list, not to mix with valuelist-property!!) |
| 4321 | if (!parseValue( |
| 4322 | val, |
| 4323 | convDef, |
| 4324 | baseoffset, // identifies base field |
| 4325 | repoffset, // repeat offset to base field / array index |
| 4326 | aItem, // the item where data goes to |
| 4327 | notempty, // set true if value(s) parsed are not all empty |
| 4328 | ',', |
| 4329 | aMimeMode, // MIME mode (older or newer vXXX format compatibility) |
| 4330 | false, // no parameter |
| 4331 | aPropP->numValues > 1, // structured if multiple values |
| 4332 | false // normal, full de-escaping |
| 4333 | )) { |
| 4334 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE+DBG_EXOTIC,({ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4335 | "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s",{ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4336 | TCFG_CSTR(aPropP->propname),{ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4337 | val.c_str(){ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4338 | )){ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not parsed: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); }; |
| 4339 | return false; |
| 4340 | } |
| 4341 | // update repeat offset and repeat count if this is a value list |
| 4342 | if (valuelist && convDef->combineSep==0 && (notempty || !overwriteempty)) { |
| 4343 | // - update count for every non-empty value (for empty values only if overwriteempty is not set) |
| 4344 | if (repid>=0) |
| 4345 | aRepArray[repid]++; // next repetition |
| 4346 | repoffset+=repinc; // also update repeat offset |
| 4347 | } |
| 4348 | } |
| 4349 | else { |
| 4350 | // value cannot be stored |
| 4351 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE+DBG_EXOTIC,({ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not stored because repeat exhausted: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4352 | "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not stored because repeat exhausted: %s",{ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not stored because repeat exhausted: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4353 | TCFG_CSTR(aPropP->propname),{ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not stored because repeat exhausted: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4354 | val.c_str(){ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not stored because repeat exhausted: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); } |
| 4355 | )){ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty: %s: value not stored because repeat exhausted: %s" , aPropP->propname.c_str(), val.c_str() ); }; |
| 4356 | } |
| 4357 | // more values must be separated by the value sep char (default=';' but can be ',' e.g. for iCalendar 2.0 CATEGORIES) |
| 4358 | sep = aPropP->valuesep; |
| 4359 | } // for all values |
| 4360 | } // process values |
| 4361 | if (notempty && !valuelist) { |
| 4362 | // at least one of the components is not empty. Make sure all components are "touched" such that |
| 4363 | // in case of arrays, these are assigned even if empty |
| 4364 | for (sInt16 j=0; j<aPropP->numValues; j++) { |
| 4365 | sInt16 fid=aPropP->convdefs[j].fieldid; |
| 4366 | if (fid>=0) { |
| 4367 | // requesting the pointer creates the field if it does not already exist |
| 4368 | aItem.getArrayFieldAdjusted(fid+baseoffset,repoffset,false); |
| 4369 | } |
| 4370 | } |
| 4371 | const TParameterDefinition *paramP = aPropP->parameterDefs; |
| 4372 | while (paramP) { |
| 4373 | if (paramP->sharedField && |
| 4374 | mimeModeMatch(paramP->modeDependency) |
| 4375 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 4376 | && (!paramP->ruleDependency || isActiveRule(paramP->ruleDependency)) |
| 4377 | #endif |
| 4378 | ) { |
| 4379 | sInt16 fid=paramP->convdef.fieldid; |
| 4380 | if (fid>=0) { |
| 4381 | aItem.getArrayFieldAdjusted(fid+baseoffset,repoffset,false); |
| 4382 | } |
| 4383 | } |
| 4384 | paramP=paramP->next; |
| 4385 | } |
| 4386 | } |
| 4387 | if (!valuelist && repid>=0 && (notempty || !overwriteempty) && !repoffsByGroup) { |
| 4388 | // we have used this repetition and actually stored values, so count it now |
| 4389 | // (unless we have stored an empty value only and overwriteempty is true, in |
| 4390 | // this case we don't increment, so next value found for this repetition will |
| 4391 | // overwrite empty value |
| 4392 | // Also, if repeat offset was found by group name, don't increment (aRepArray |
| 4393 | // is already updated in this case) |
| 4394 | aRepArray[repid]++; |
| 4395 | } |
| 4396 | // update read pointer past end of what we've scanned (but not necessarily up |
| 4397 | // to next property beginning) |
| 4398 | aText=p; |
| 4399 | // done, ok |
| 4400 | return true; |
| 4401 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseProperty |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | // parse MIME-DIR from specified string into item |
| 4405 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseMimeDir(const char *aText, TMultiFieldItem &aItem) |
| 4406 | { |
| 4407 | // start with empty item |
| 4408 | aItem.cleardata(); |
| 4409 | // reset item time zone before parsing |
| 4410 | fHasExplicitTZ = false; // none set explicitly |
| 4411 | fItemTimeContext = fReceiverTimeContext; // default to user context |
| 4412 | fDelayedProps.clear(); // start w/o delayed props |
| 4413 | fParsedTzidSet.clear(); // start w/o time zones |
| 4414 | // start parsing on root level |
| 4415 | if (parseLevels(aText,aItem,fProfileDefinitionP,true)) { |
| 4416 | // make sure all supported (=available) fields are at least empty (but not missing!) |
| 4417 | aItem.assignAvailables(); |
| 4418 | return true; |
| 4419 | } |
| 4420 | else |
| 4421 | return false; |
| 4422 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseMimeDir |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | // parameter string for QP encoding. Needed when skipping otherwise unknown properties |
| 4426 | #define QP_ENCODING_PARAM"ENCODING=QUOTED-PRINTABLE" "ENCODING=QUOTED-PRINTABLE" |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 | // parse MIME-DIR level from specified string into item |
| 4429 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseLevels( |
| 4430 | const char *&aText, |
| 4431 | TMultiFieldItem &aItem, |
| 4432 | const TProfileDefinition *aProfileP, |
| 4433 | bool aRootLevel |
| 4434 | ) |
| 4435 | { |
| 4436 | appChar c; |
| 4437 | cAppCharP p, propname, groupname; |
| 4438 | sInt32 n, gn; |
| 4439 | sInt16 foundmandatory=0; |
| 4440 | const sInt16 maxreps = 50; |
| 4441 | sInt16 repArray[maxreps]; |
| 4442 | bool atStart = aRootLevel; |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | // reset repetition counts |
| 4445 | for (sInt16 k=0; k<maxreps; k++) repArray[k]=0; |
| 4446 | // level is known |
| 4447 | sInt16 disabledLevels=0; |
| 4448 | // set level marker field, if any is defined |
| 4449 | sInt16 fid=aProfileP->levelConvdef.fieldid; |
| 4450 | if (fid>=0) { |
| 4451 | // field defined for level entry |
| 4452 | // - make sure field exists and is assigned empty value at least |
| 4453 | aItem.getFieldRef(fid).assignEmpty(); |
| 4454 | const TEnumerationDef *enumP = aProfileP->levelConvdef.enumdefs; |
| 4455 | if (enumP) { |
| 4456 | // if enumdefs, content is set to first enumdef's enumval (NOT enumtext!!) |
| 4457 | aItem.getField(fid)->setAsString(TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumval)enumP->enumval.c_str()); |
| 4458 | } |
| 4459 | } |
| 4460 | // skip possible leading extra LF and CR and whitespace here |
| 4461 | // NOTE: Magically server sends XML CDATA with 0x0D 0x0D 0x0A for example |
| 4462 | while (isspace(*aText)) aText++; |
| 4463 | // parse input text property by property |
| 4464 | do { |
| 4465 | // start of property parsing |
| 4466 | // - reset TZID flag |
| 4467 | fPropTZIDtctx = TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)); |
| 4468 | // - prepare scanning |
| 4469 | p=aText; |
| 4470 | propname = p; // assume name starts at beginning of text |
| 4471 | n = 0; |
| 4472 | groupname = NULL__null; // assume no group |
| 4473 | gn = 0; |
| 4474 | // determine property name end (and maybe group name) |
| 4475 | do { |
| 4476 | c=*p; |
| 4477 | if (!c) { |
| 4478 | // end of text reached w/o property name |
| 4479 | POBJDEBUGPRINTFX(getSession(),DBG_ERROR,("parseMimeDir: no property name found, text=%s",aText)){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseMimeDir: no property name found, text=%s" ,aText); }; |
| 4480 | return false; |
| 4481 | } |
| 4482 | if (c==':' || c==';') break; |
| 4483 | // handle grouping |
| 4484 | if (c=='.') { |
| 4485 | // this is a group name (or element of it) |
| 4486 | // - remember the group name |
| 4487 | if (!groupname) groupname = propname; |
| 4488 | gn = p-groupname; // size of groupname |
| 4489 | // - prop name starts after group name (and dot) |
| 4490 | propname = ++p; // skip group |
| 4491 | n = 0; |
| 4492 | continue; |
| 4493 | } |
| 4494 | // next char |
| 4495 | p++; n++; |
| 4496 | } while(true); |
| 4497 | // propname points to start, p points to end of property name, n=name size |
| 4498 | // - search through all properties |
| 4499 | bool propparsed=false; |
| 4500 | // - check for BEGIN and END |
| 4501 | if (strucmp(propname,"BEGIN",n)==0) { |
| 4502 | // BEGIN encountered |
| 4503 | p = propname+n; |
| 4504 | // - skip possible parameters for broken implementations like Intellisync/Synchrologic |
| 4505 | if (*p==';') while (*p && *p!=':') p++; |
| 4506 | // - isolate value |
| 4507 | size_t l=0; const char *lnam=p+1; |
| 4508 | while (*(lnam+l)>=0x20) l++; // calculate length of value |
| 4509 | p=lnam+l; // advance scanning pointer to terminator |
| 4510 | n=0; // prevent false advancing at end of prop loop |
| 4511 | if (atStart) { |
| 4512 | // value must be level name, else this is a bad profile |
| 4513 | if (strucmp(lnam,TCFG_CSTR(aProfileP->levelName)aProfileP->levelName.c_str(),l)!=0) { |
| 4514 | POBJDEBUGPRINTFX(getSession(),DBG_ERROR,("parseMimeDir: root level BEGIN has bad value: %s",aText)){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseMimeDir: root level BEGIN has bad value: %s" ,aText); }; |
| 4515 | return false; |
| 4516 | } |
| 4517 | atStart=false; // no special lead-in check any more |
| 4518 | propparsed=true; |
| 4519 | } |
| 4520 | else { |
| 4521 | // value determines new level to enter |
| 4522 | if (disabledLevels==0) { |
| 4523 | // search for sublevel |
| 4524 | const TProfileDefinition *subprofileP = aProfileP->subLevels; |
| 4525 | while (subprofileP) { |
| 4526 | // check |
| 4527 | if ( |
| 4528 | mimeModeMatch(subprofileP->modeDependency) && |
| 4529 | strucmp(lnam,TCFG_CSTR(subprofileP->levelName)subprofileP->levelName.c_str(),l)==0 |
| 4530 | ) { |
| 4531 | // sublevel found, process |
| 4532 | while ((uInt8)(*p)<0x20) p++; // advance scanning pointer to beginning of next property |
| 4533 | // check special case first |
| 4534 | if (subprofileP->profileMode==profm_vtimezones) { |
| 4535 | // vTimeZone is handled specially |
| 4536 | string s2; |
| 4537 | string s = "END:"; |
| 4538 | s.append(subprofileP->levelName); |
| 4539 | n = s.size(); // size of lead-out |
| 4540 | cAppCharP e = strstr(p,s.c_str()); |
| 4541 | if (e==NULL__null) return false; // unterminated vTimeZone sublevel |
| 4542 | s.assign(p,e-p); // everything between lead-in and lead-out |
| 4543 | p = e+n; // advance pointer beyond VTIMEZONES |
| 4544 | appendStringAsUTF8(s.c_str(), s2, chs_utf8, lem_cstr, false); |
| 4545 | timecontext_t tctx; |
| 4546 | // identify or add this in the session zones |
| 4547 | string tzid; |
| 4548 | if (VTIMEZONEtoInternal(s2.c_str(), tctx, getSessionZones(), getDbgLogger(), &tzid)) { |
| 4549 | // time zone identified |
| 4550 | #ifdef SYDEBUG2 |
| 4551 | string tzname; |
| 4552 | TimeZoneContextToName(tctx, tzname, getSessionZones()); |
| 4553 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE+DBG_EXOTIC,("parseMimeDir: VTIMEZONE with ID='%s' parsed to internal time zone '%s'",tzid.c_str(),tzname.c_str())){ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseMimeDir: VTIMEZONE with ID='%s' parsed to internal time zone '%s'" ,tzid.c_str(),tzname.c_str()); }; |
| 4554 | #endif |
| 4555 | // remember it by original name for TZID parsing |
| 4556 | fParsedTzidSet[tzid] = tctx; |
| 4557 | } |
| 4558 | else { |
| 4559 | POBJDEBUGPRINTFX(getSession(),DBG_ERROR,("parseMimeDir: could not parse VTIMEZONE: %s",s.c_str())){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseMimeDir: could not parse VTIMEZONE: %s" ,s.c_str()); }; |
| 4560 | } |
| 4561 | } |
| 4562 | else { |
| 4563 | // ordinary non-root level |
| 4564 | if (!parseLevels(p,aItem,subprofileP,false)) return false; |
| 4565 | } |
| 4566 | // - now continue on this level |
| 4567 | propparsed=true; |
| 4568 | break; |
| 4569 | } |
| 4570 | // next |
| 4571 | subprofileP=subprofileP->next; |
| 4572 | } |
| 4573 | if (!propparsed) { |
| 4574 | // no matching sublevel found, disable this level |
| 4575 | disabledLevels=1; |
| 4576 | } |
| 4577 | } |
| 4578 | else { |
| 4579 | // already disabled, just nest |
| 4580 | disabledLevels++; |
| 4581 | } |
| 4582 | } // BEGIN not on rootlevel |
| 4583 | } // BEGIN found |
| 4584 | else if (strucmp(propname,"END",n)==0) { |
| 4585 | // END encountered |
| 4586 | p = propname+n; |
| 4587 | // - skip possible parameters for broken implementations like Intellisync/Synchrologic |
| 4588 | if (*p==';') while (*p && *p!=':') p++; |
| 4589 | // - isolate value |
| 4590 | size_t l=0; const char *lnam=p+1; |
| 4591 | while (*(lnam+l)>=0x20) l++; // calculate length of value |
| 4592 | p=lnam+l; // advance scanning pointer to terminator |
| 4593 | n=0; // prevent false advancing at end of prop loop |
| 4594 | // check |
| 4595 | if (disabledLevels>0) { |
| 4596 | // end of a disabled level, just un-nest |
| 4597 | disabledLevels--; |
| 4598 | } |
| 4599 | else { |
| 4600 | // should be end of active level, check name |
| 4601 | if (strucmp(lnam,TCFG_CSTR(aProfileP->levelName)aProfileP->levelName.c_str(),l)!=0) { |
| 4602 | POBJDEBUGPRINTFX(getSession(),DBG_ERROR,("parseMimeDir: unexpected END value: %s",aText)){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseMimeDir: unexpected END value: %s" ,aText); }; |
| 4603 | return false; |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | // correct end of level |
| 4606 | aText=p; // points to terminator, which is correct for end-of-level |
| 4607 | // break scanner loop |
| 4608 | break; |
| 4609 | } |
| 4610 | } // END found |
| 4611 | else if (disabledLevels==0) { |
| 4612 | if (atStart) { |
| 4613 | POBJDEBUGPRINTFX(getSession(),DBG_ERROR,("parseMimeDir: root level does not start with BEGIN: %s",aText)){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseMimeDir: root level does not start with BEGIN: %s" ,aText); }; |
| 4614 | return false; |
| 4615 | } |
| 4616 | // not disabled level |
| 4617 | const TPropertyDefinition *propP = aProfileP->propertyDefs; |
| 4618 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 4619 | const TPropertyDefinition *otherRulePropP = NULL__null; // default property which is used if none of the rule-dependent in the group was used |
| 4620 | bool ruleSpecificParsed = false; |
| 4621 | uInt16 propGroup=0; // group identifier (all props with same name have same group ID) |
| 4622 | #endif |
| 4623 | const TPropertyDefinition *parsePropP; |
| 4624 | while(propP) { |
| 4625 | // compare |
| 4626 | if ( |
| 4627 | mimeModeMatch(propP->modeDependency) && // none or matching mode dependency |
| 4628 | strwildcmp(propname,TCFG_CSTR(propP->propname)propP->propname.c_str(),n)==0 // wildcards allowed (for unprocessed properties for example) |
| 4629 | ) { |
| 4630 | // found property def with matching name (and MIME mode) |
| 4631 | // check all in group (=all subsequent with same name) |
| 4632 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 4633 | propGroup=propP->propGroup; |
| 4634 | ruleSpecificParsed=false; |
| 4635 | otherRulePropP=NULL__null; |
| 4636 | while (propP && propP->propGroup==propGroup && propP->propGroup!=0) |
| 4637 | #else |
| 4638 | do |
| 4639 | #endif |
| 4640 | { |
| 4641 | // still in same group (= same name) |
| 4642 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 4643 | // check if this property should be used for parsing |
| 4644 | parsePropP=NULL__null; // do not parse by default |
| 4645 | if (propP->dependsOnRemoterule) { |
| 4646 | // check if depends on current rule |
| 4647 | if (propP->ruleDependency==NULL__null) { |
| 4648 | // this is the "other"-rule dependent variant |
| 4649 | // - just remember for now |
| 4650 | otherRulePropP=propP; |
| 4651 | } |
| 4652 | else if (isActiveRule(propP->ruleDependency)) { |
| 4653 | // specific for the applied rule |
| 4654 | parsePropP=propP; // default to expand current prop |
| 4655 | // now we have expanded a rule-specific property (blocks parsing of "other"-rule dependent prop) |
| 4656 | ruleSpecificParsed=true; |
| 4657 | } |
| 4658 | } |
| 4659 | else { |
| 4660 | // does not depend on rule, parse anyway |
| 4661 | parsePropP=propP; |
| 4662 | } |
| 4663 | // check if this is last prop of list |
| 4664 | propP=propP->next; |
| 4665 | if (!(propP && propP->propGroup==propGroup) && otherRulePropP && !ruleSpecificParsed) { |
| 4666 | // End of alternatives for parsing this property, no rule-specific parsed yet, and there is a otherRuleProp |
| 4667 | // parse "other"-rule's property instead |
| 4668 | parsePropP=otherRulePropP; |
| 4669 | } |
| 4670 | #else |
| 4671 | // simply parse it |
| 4672 | parsePropP=propP; |
| 4673 | propP=propP->next; |
| 4674 | #endif |
| 4675 | // now parse (or save for delayed parsing later) |
| 4676 | if (parsePropP) { |
| 4677 | if (parsePropP->delayedProcessing) { |
| 4678 | // buffer parameters needed to parse later |
| 4679 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE+DBG_EXOTIC,("parseMimeDir: property %s parsing delayed, rank=%hd",TCFG_CSTR(parsePropP->propname),parsePropP->delayedProcessing)){ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseMimeDir: property %s parsing delayed, rank=%hd" ,parsePropP->propname.c_str(),parsePropP->delayedProcessing ); }; |
| 4680 | TDelayedPropParseParams dppp; |
| 4681 | dppp.delaylevel = parsePropP->delayedProcessing; |
| 4682 | dppp.start = p; |
| 4683 | dppp.groupname = groupname; |
| 4684 | dppp.groupnameLen = gn; |
| 4685 | dppp.propDefP = parsePropP; |
| 4686 | TDelayedParsingPropsList::iterator pos; |
| 4687 | for (pos=fDelayedProps.begin(); pos!=fDelayedProps.end(); pos++) { |
| 4688 | // insert at end or before first occurrence of higer delay |
| 4689 | if ((*pos).delaylevel>dppp.delaylevel) { |
| 4690 | fDelayedProps.insert(pos,dppp); |
| 4691 | break; |
| 4692 | } |
| 4693 | } |
| 4694 | if (pos==fDelayedProps.end()) |
| 4695 | fDelayedProps.push_back(dppp); |
| 4696 | // update mandatory count (even if we haven't parsed it yet) |
| 4697 | if (parsePropP->mandatory) foundmandatory++; |
| 4698 | // skip for now |
| 4699 | p=propname+n; |
| 4700 | propparsed=true; // but is "parsed" for loop |
| 4701 | break; // parse next |
| 4702 | } |
| 4703 | if (parseProperty( |
| 4704 | p, // where to start interpreting property, will be updated past end of poperty |
| 4705 | aItem, // item to store data into |
| 4706 | parsePropP, // the (matching) property definition |
| 4707 | repArray, |
| 4708 | maxreps, |
| 4709 | fMimeDirMode, // MIME-DIR mode |
| 4710 | groupname, |
| 4711 | gn, |
| 4712 | propname, |
| 4713 | n |
| 4714 | )) { |
| 4715 | // property parsed successfully |
| 4716 | propparsed=true; |
| 4717 | // count mandarory properties found |
| 4718 | if (parsePropP->mandatory) foundmandatory++; |
| 4719 | break; // parse next |
| 4720 | } |
| 4721 | // if not successfully parsed, continue with next property which |
| 4722 | // can have the same name, but possibly different parameter definitions |
| 4723 | } // if parseProp |
| 4724 | } // while same property group (poperties with same name) |
| 4725 | #ifdef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 4726 | while(false); // if no remote rules, we do not loop |
| 4727 | #endif |
| 4728 | if (propparsed) break; // do not continue outer loop if inner loop has parsed a prop successfully |
| 4729 | } // if name matches (=start of group found) |
| 4730 | else { |
| 4731 | // not start of group |
| 4732 | // - next property |
| 4733 | propP=propP->next; |
| 4734 | } |
| 4735 | } // while all properties |
| 4736 | } // else: neither BEGIN nor END |
| 4737 | if (!propparsed) { |
| 4738 | // unknown property |
| 4739 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE,("parseMimeDir: property not parsed (unknown or not storable): %" FMT_LENGTH(".30") "s",FMT_LENGTH_LIMITED(30,aText))){ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseMimeDir: property not parsed (unknown or not storable): %" ".30" "s",aText); }; |
| 4740 | // skip parsed part (the name) |
| 4741 | p=propname+n; |
| 4742 | } |
| 4743 | // p is now end of parsed part |
| 4744 | // - skip rest up to EOLN (=any ctrl char) |
| 4745 | // Note: we need to check if this is quoted-printable, otherwise we might NOT cancel soft breaks |
| 4746 | bool isqp = false; |
| 4747 | while ((c=*p)!=0) { |
| 4748 | if (isEndOfLineOrText(c)) break; // end of line or string |
| 4749 | if (c==';' && *(p+1)) { |
| 4750 | if (strucmp(p+1, QP_ENCODING_PARAM"ENCODING=QUOTED-PRINTABLE", strlen(QP_ENCODING_PARAM"ENCODING=QUOTED-PRINTABLE"))==0) { |
| 4751 | c = *(p+1+strlen(QP_ENCODING_PARAM"ENCODING=QUOTED-PRINTABLE")); |
| 4752 | isqp = c==':' || c==';'; // the property is QP encoded, we need to cancel QP softbreaks while looking for end of property |
| 4753 | } |
| 4754 | } |
| 4755 | p=nextunfolded(p,fMimeDirMode,isqp); // cancel soft breaks if we are in QP encoded property |
| 4756 | } |
| 4757 | // - skip entire EOLN (=all control chars in sequence %%%) |
| 4758 | while (*p && (uInt8)(*p)<'\x20') p=nextunfolded(p,fMimeDirMode); |
| 4759 | // set next property start point |
| 4760 | aText=p; |
| 4761 | } while (*aText); // exit if end of string |
| 4762 | // now parse delayed ones (list is in delay order already) |
| 4763 | if (aRootLevel) { |
| 4764 | // process delayed properties only after entire record is parsed (i.e. when we are at root level here) |
| 4765 | TDelayedParsingPropsList::iterator pos; |
| 4766 | for (pos=fDelayedProps.begin(); pos!=fDelayedProps.end(); pos++) { |
| 4767 | p = (*pos).start; // where to start parsing |
| 4768 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE+DBG_EXOTIC,({ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: now parsing delayed property rank=%hd: %" ".30" "s", (*pos).delaylevel, (*pos).start ); } |
| 4769 | "parseMimeDir: now parsing delayed property rank=%hd: %" FMT_LENGTH(".30") "s",{ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: now parsing delayed property rank=%hd: %" ".30" "s", (*pos).delaylevel, (*pos).start ); } |
| 4770 | (*pos).delaylevel,{ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: now parsing delayed property rank=%hd: %" ".30" "s", (*pos).delaylevel, (*pos).start ); } |
| 4771 | FMT_LENGTH_LIMITED(30,(*pos).start){ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: now parsing delayed property rank=%hd: %" ".30" "s", (*pos).delaylevel, (*pos).start ); } |
| 4772 | )){ if (((0x00000200 +0x80000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x80000000)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x80000000 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: now parsing delayed property rank=%hd: %" ".30" "s", (*pos).delaylevel, (*pos).start ); }; |
| 4773 | if (parseProperty( |
| 4774 | p, // where to start interpreting property, will be updated past end of property |
| 4775 | aItem, // item to store data into |
| 4776 | (*pos).propDefP, // the (matching) property definition |
| 4777 | repArray, |
| 4778 | maxreps, |
| 4779 | fMimeDirMode, // MIME-DIR mode |
| 4780 | (*pos).groupname, |
| 4781 | (*pos).groupnameLen, |
| 4782 | "X-delayed", 9 // dummy, unprocessed properties must not be parsed in delayed mode! |
| 4783 | )) { |
| 4784 | // count mandarory properties found |
| 4785 | //%%% moved this to when we queue the delayed props, as mandatory count is per-profile |
| 4786 | //if ((*pos).propDefP->mandatory) foundmandatory++; |
| 4787 | } |
| 4788 | else { |
| 4789 | // delayed parsing failed |
| 4790 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE,("parseMimeDir: failed delayed parsing of property %" FMT_LENGTH(".30") "s",FMT_LENGTH_LIMITED(30,(*pos).start))){ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ("parseMimeDir: failed delayed parsing of property %" ".30" "s",(*pos).start); }; |
| 4791 | } |
| 4792 | } |
| 4793 | // we don't need them any more - clear delayed props |
| 4794 | fDelayedProps.clear(); |
| 4795 | } |
| 4796 | // verify integrity |
| 4797 | if (foundmandatory<aProfileP->numMandatoryProperties) { |
| 4798 | // not all mandatory properties found |
| 4799 | POBJDEBUGPRINTFX(getSession(),DBG_ERROR,({ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: missing %d of %hd mandatory properies" , aProfileP->numMandatoryProperties-foundmandatory, aProfileP ->numMandatoryProperties ); } |
| 4800 | "parseMimeDir: missing %d of %hd mandatory properies",{ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: missing %d of %hd mandatory properies" , aProfileP->numMandatoryProperties-foundmandatory, aProfileP ->numMandatoryProperties ); } |
| 4801 | aProfileP->numMandatoryProperties-foundmandatory,{ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: missing %d of %hd mandatory properies" , aProfileP->numMandatoryProperties-foundmandatory, aProfileP ->numMandatoryProperties ); } |
| 4802 | aProfileP->numMandatoryProperties{ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: missing %d of %hd mandatory properies" , aProfileP->numMandatoryProperties-foundmandatory, aProfileP ->numMandatoryProperties ); } |
| 4803 | )){ if ((getSession()) && (((0x00000002) & (getSession ())->getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002))) (getSession())->getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ( "parseMimeDir: missing %d of %hd mandatory properies" , aProfileP->numMandatoryProperties-foundmandatory, aProfileP ->numMandatoryProperties ); }; |
| 4804 | // unsuccessful parsing |
| 4805 | return false; |
| 4806 | } |
| 4807 | // successful parsing done |
| 4808 | return true; |
| 4809 | // %%%%% NOTE: exactly those fields in aItem should be assigned |
| 4810 | // which are available in source and target. |
| 4811 | // possibly this should be done in prepareForSendTo (o.‰) of |
| 4812 | // MultiFieldItem... |
| 4813 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseLevels |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::getOptionsFromDatastore(void) |
| 4817 | { |
| 4818 | // get options datastore if one is related; |
| 4819 | // ignore the session from getSession() here because we need |
| 4820 | // to distinguish between script context and normal sync context |
| 4821 | // (the former has no datastore, the latter has) |
| 4822 | TSyncSession *sessionP = fRelatedDatastoreP ? fRelatedDatastoreP->getSession() : NULL__null; |
| 4823 | if (sessionP) { |
| 4824 | fReceiverCanHandleUTC = sessionP->fRemoteCanHandleUTC; |
| 4825 | fVCal10EnddatesSameDay = sessionP->fVCal10EnddatesSameDay; |
| 4826 | fReceiverTimeContext = sessionP->fUserTimeContext; // default to user context |
| 4827 | fDontSendEmptyProperties = sessionP->fDontSendEmptyProperties; |
| 4828 | fDefaultOutCharset = sessionP->fDefaultOutCharset; |
| 4829 | fDefaultInCharset = sessionP->fDefaultInCharset; |
| 4830 | fDoQuote8BitContent = sessionP->fDoQuote8BitContent; |
| 4831 | fDoNotFoldContent = sessionP->fDoNotFoldContent; |
| 4832 | fTreatRemoteTimeAsLocal = sessionP->fTreatRemoteTimeAsLocal; |
| 4833 | fTreatRemoteTimeAsUTC = sessionP->fTreatRemoteTimeAsUTC; |
| 4834 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 4835 | fActiveRemoteRules = sessionP->fActiveRemoteRules; // copy the list |
| 4836 | #endif |
| 4837 | } |
| 4838 | } |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | // generate Data item (includes header and footer) |
| 4842 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateText(TMultiFieldItem &aItem, string &aString) |
| 4843 | { |
| 4844 | // get options datastore if one is related |
| 4845 | getOptionsFromDatastore(); |
| 4846 | #ifdef SYDEBUG2 |
| 4847 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_GEN+DBG_HOT,("Generating....")){ if (((0x00000400 +0x00000001) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400 +0x00000001)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000400 +0x00000001 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ("Generating...."); }; |
| 4848 | aItem.debugShowItem(DBG_DATA0x00000080+DBG_GEN0x00000400); |
| 4849 | #endif |
| 4850 | // baseclass just generates MIME-DIR |
| 4851 | fBeginEndNesting=0; // no BEGIN out yet |
| 4852 | generateMimeDir(aItem,aString); |
| 4853 | #ifdef SYDEBUG2 |
| 4854 | if (PDEBUGTEST(DBG_GEN+DBG_USERDATA)(((0x00000400 +0x01000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400 +0x01000000))) { |
| 4855 | // note, do not use debugprintf because string is too long |
| 4856 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_GEN,("Generated: ")){ if (((0x00000400) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000400).DebugPrintfLastMask ("Generated: " ); }; |
| 4857 | PDEBUGPUTSXX(DBG_GEN+DBG_USERDATA,aString.c_str(),0,true){ if (((0x00000400 +0x01000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000400 +0x01000000)) getDbgLogger()->DebugPuts( 0x00000400 +0x01000000 ,aString.c_str(),0,true); }; |
| 4858 | } |
| 4859 | #endif |
| 4860 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::generateText |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | // parse Data item (includes header and footer) |
| 4864 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseText(const char *aText, stringSize aTextSize, TMultiFieldItem &aItem) |
| 4865 | { |
| 4866 | //#warning "aTextSize must be checked!" |
| 4867 | // get options datastore if one is related |
| 4868 | getOptionsFromDatastore(); |
| 4869 | // baseclass just parses MIME-DIR |
| 4870 | fBeginEndNesting = 0; // no BEGIN found yet |
| 4871 | #ifdef SYDEBUG2 |
| 4872 | if (PDEBUGTEST(DBG_PARSE)(((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200))) { |
| 4873 | // very detailed, show item being parsed |
| 4874 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE+DBG_HOT,("Parsing: ")){ if (((0x00000200 +0x00000001) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x00000001)) getDbgLogger()->setNextMask(0x00000200 +0x00000001 ).DebugPrintfLastMask ("Parsing: "); }; |
| 4875 | PDEBUGPUTSXX(DBG_PARSE+DBG_USERDATA,aText,0,true){ if (((0x00000200 +0x01000000) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200 +0x01000000)) getDbgLogger()->DebugPuts( 0x00000200 +0x01000000 ,aText,0,true); }; |
| 4876 | } |
| 4877 | #endif |
| 4878 | if (parseMimeDir(aText,aItem)) { |
| 4879 | if (fBeginEndNesting) { |
| 4880 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_ERROR,("TMimeDirProfileHandler parsing ended with NestCount<>0: %hd",fBeginEndNesting)){ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("TMimeDirProfileHandler parsing ended with NestCount<>0: %hd" ,fBeginEndNesting); }; |
| 4881 | return false; // unmatched BEGIN/END |
| 4882 | } |
| 4883 | #ifdef SYDEBUG2 |
| 4884 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_PARSE,("Successfully parsed: ")){ if (((0x00000200) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000200)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000200).DebugPrintfLastMask ("Successfully parsed: " ); }; |
| 4885 | aItem.debugShowItem(DBG_DATA0x00000080+DBG_PARSE0x00000200); |
| 4886 | #endif |
| 4887 | return true; |
| 4888 | } |
| 4889 | else { |
| 4890 | PDEBUGPRINTFX(DBG_ERROR,("Failed parsing item")){ if (((0x00000002) & getDbgMask()) == (0x00000002)) getDbgLogger ()->setNextMask(0x00000002).DebugPrintfLastMask ("Failed parsing item" ); }; |
| 4891 | return false; |
| 4892 | } |
| 4893 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseText |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseForProperty(SmlItemPtr_t aItemP, const char *aPropName, string &aString) |
| 4897 | { |
| 4898 | if (aItemP && aItemP->data) |
| 4899 | return parseForProperty(smlPCDataToCharP(aItemP->data),aPropName,aString); |
| 4900 | else |
| 4901 | return false; |
| 4902 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseForProperty |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | // scan Data item for specific property (used for quick type tests) |
| 4906 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseForProperty(const char *aText, const char *aPropName, string &aString) |
| 4907 | { |
| 4908 | uInt16 n=strlen(aPropName); |
| 4909 | while (*aText) { |
| 4910 | const char *p=aText; |
| 4911 | // find property end |
| 4912 | do { |
| 4913 | p=nextunfolded(p,fMimeDirMode,true); |
| 4914 | } while ((*p)>=0x20); |
| 4915 | // p now points to property end |
| 4916 | if (strucmp(aText,aPropName,n)==0 && aText[n]==':') { |
| 4917 | aText+=n+1; // start of value |
| 4918 | aString.assign(aText,p-aText); // save value |
| 4919 | return true; |
| 4920 | } |
| 4921 | // find next property beginning |
| 4922 | do { |
| 4923 | p=nextunfolded(p,fMimeDirMode,true); |
| 4924 | } while (*p && ((*p)<0x20)); |
| 4925 | // set to beginning of next |
| 4926 | aText=p; |
| 4927 | } |
| 4928 | // not found |
| 4929 | return false; |
| 4930 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::parseForProperty |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 | |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | // helper for newCTDataPropList |
| 4935 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::enumerateLevels(const TProfileDefinition *aProfileP, SmlPcdataListPtr_t *&aPcdataListPP, const TProfileDefinition *aSelectedProfileP, TMimeDirItemType *aItemTypeP) |
| 4936 | { |
| 4937 | // only if mode matches |
| 4938 | if (!mimeModeMatch(aProfileP->modeDependency)) return; |
| 4939 | // add name of this profile if... |
| 4940 | // ...generally enabled for CTCap (shownIfSelectedOnly=false), independent of what other profiles might be selected (e.g. VALARM) |
| 4941 | // ...this is the explicitly selected profile (like VTODO while creating DS 1.2 devinf for the tasks datastor) |
| 4942 | // ...no profile is specifically selected, which means we want to see ALL profiles (like a DS 1.1 vCalendar type outside <datastore>) |
| 4943 | // This means, the only case a name is NOT added are those with those having showlevel="no" when ANOTHER profile is explicitly selected. |
| 4944 | if (!aProfileP->shownIfSelectedOnly || aProfileP==aSelectedProfileP || aSelectedProfileP==NULL__null) { |
| 4945 | aPcdataListPP = addPCDataStringToList(TCFG_CSTR(aProfileP->levelName)aProfileP->levelName.c_str(),aPcdataListPP); |
| 4946 | // check for special subprofiles |
| 4947 | if (aProfileP->profileMode==profm_vtimezones) { |
| 4948 | // has STANDARD and DAYLIGHT subprofiles |
| 4949 | aPcdataListPP = addPCDataStringToList("STANDARD",aPcdataListPP); |
| 4950 | aPcdataListPP = addPCDataStringToList("DAYLIGHT",aPcdataListPP); |
| 4951 | } |
| 4952 | // add names of subprofiles, if any |
| 4953 | const TProfileDefinition *subprofileP = aProfileP->subLevels; |
| 4954 | while (subprofileP) { |
| 4955 | // If this profile is the selected profile, ALL subprofiles must be shown in all cases (so we pass NULL) |
| 4956 | enumerateLevels(subprofileP,aPcdataListPP,aProfileP==aSelectedProfileP ? NULL__null : aSelectedProfileP, aItemTypeP); |
| 4957 | // next |
| 4958 | subprofileP=subprofileP->next; |
| 4959 | } |
| 4960 | } |
| 4961 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::enumerateLevels |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | // add a CTDataProp item to a CTDataPropList |
| 4966 | static void addCTDataPropToListIfNotExists( |
| 4967 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropPtr_t aCTDataPropP, // existing CTDataProp item data structure, ownership is passed to list |
| 4968 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropListPtr_t *aCTDataPropListPP // adress of list root pointer (which points to existing item list or NULL) |
| 4969 | ) |
| 4970 | { |
| 4971 | // add it to the list (but only if we don't already have it) |
| 4972 | while (*aCTDataPropListPP) { |
| 4973 | // check name |
| 4974 | if (strcmp(smlPCDataToCharP(aCTDataPropP->prop->name),smlPCDataToCharP((*aCTDataPropListPP)->data->prop->name))==0) { |
| 4975 | //%%% we can add merging parameters here as well |
| 4976 | // same property already exists, forget this one |
| 4977 | smlFreeDevInfCTDataProp(aCTDataPropP); |
| 4978 | aCTDataPropP = NULL__null; |
| 4979 | break; |
| 4980 | } |
| 4981 | aCTDataPropListPP = &((*aCTDataPropListPP)->next); |
| 4982 | } |
| 4983 | // if not detected duplicate, add it now |
| 4984 | if (aCTDataPropP) { |
| 4985 | addCTDataPropToList(aCTDataPropP,aCTDataPropListPP); |
| 4986 | } |
| 4987 | } // addCTDataPropToListIfNotExists |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 | // add a CTData describing a property (as returned by newDevInfCTData()) |
| 4991 | // as a new property without parameters to a CTDataPropList |
| 4992 | static void addNewPropToListIfNotExists( |
| 4993 | SmlDevInfCTDataPtr_t aPropCTData, // CTData describing property |
| 4994 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropListPtr_t *aCTDataPropListPP // adress of list root pointer (which points to existing item list or NULL) |
| 4995 | ) |
| 4996 | { |
| 4997 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropPtr_t propdataP = SML_NEW(SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t)((SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t*) _smlMalloc(sizeof(SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t ))); |
| 4998 | propdataP->param = NULL__null; // no params |
| 4999 | propdataP->prop = aPropCTData; |
| 5000 | addCTDataPropToListIfNotExists(propdataP, aCTDataPropListPP); |
| 5001 | } // addNewPropToListIfNotExists |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | // helper for newCTDataPropList |
| 5006 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::enumerateProperties(const TProfileDefinition *aProfileP, SmlDevInfCTDataPropListPtr_t *&aPropListPP, const TProfileDefinition *aSelectedProfileP, TMimeDirItemType *aItemTypeP) |
| 5007 | { |
| 5008 | // remember start of properties |
| 5009 | // add all properties of this level (if enabled) |
| 5010 | // Note: if this is the explicitly selected (sub)profile, it will be shown under any circumstances |
| 5011 | if ((!aProfileP->shownIfSelectedOnly || aProfileP==aSelectedProfileP || aSelectedProfileP==NULL__null) && mimeModeMatch(aProfileP->modeDependency)) { |
| 5012 | if (aProfileP->profileMode==profm_vtimezones) { |
| 5013 | // Add properties of VTIMEZONE here |
| 5014 | addNewPropToListIfNotExists(newDevInfCTData("TZID"),aPropListPP); |
| 5015 | addNewPropToListIfNotExists(newDevInfCTData("DTSTART"),aPropListPP); |
| 5016 | addNewPropToListIfNotExists(newDevInfCTData("RRULE"),aPropListPP); |
| 5017 | addNewPropToListIfNotExists(newDevInfCTData("TZOFFSETFROM"),aPropListPP); |
| 5018 | addNewPropToListIfNotExists(newDevInfCTData("TZOFFSETTO"),aPropListPP); |
| 5019 | addNewPropToListIfNotExists(newDevInfCTData("TZNAME"),aPropListPP); |
| 5020 | } |
| 5021 | else { |
| 5022 | // normal profile defined in config, add properties as defined in profile, avoid duplicates |
| 5023 | const TPropertyDefinition *propP = aProfileP->propertyDefs; |
| 5024 | while (propP) { |
| 5025 | if (propP->showInCTCap && mimeModeMatch(propP->modeDependency)) { |
| 5026 | // - new list entry in CTCap (if property to be shown) |
| 5027 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropPtr_t propdataP = SML_NEW(SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t)((SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t*) _smlMalloc(sizeof(SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t ))); |
| 5028 | propdataP->param = NULL__null; // default to no params |
| 5029 | // - add params, if needed |
| 5030 | SmlDevInfCTDataListPtr_t *nextParamPP = &(propdataP->param); |
| 5031 | const TParameterDefinition *paramP = propP->parameterDefs; |
| 5032 | while(paramP) { |
| 5033 | // check if parameter is enabled for being shown in CTCap |
| 5034 | if (paramP->showInCTCap && mimeModeMatch(paramP->modeDependency)) { |
| 5035 | // For some older 1.1 devices (in particular Nokia 7610), enum values of default params |
| 5036 | // in pre-MIME-DIR must be shown as param NAMES (not enums). |
| 5037 | // But newer 1.2 Nokias like E90 need proper TYPE param with valEnums (when run in 1.2 mode. E90 is fine with 7610 style for 1.1) |
| 5038 | // So: normally (fEnumDefaultPropParams==undefined==-1), we show 7610 style for 1.1 and E90 style for 1.2. |
| 5039 | // <enumdefaultpropparams> and ENUMDEFAULTPROPPARAMS() can be used to control this behaviour when needed |
| 5040 | if ( |
| 5041 | paramP->defaultparam && |
| 5042 | fMimeDirMode==mimo_old && |
| 5043 | ( |
| 5044 | (getSession()->fEnumDefaultPropParams==-1 && getSession()->getSyncMLVersion()<syncml_vers_1_2) || // auto mode and SyncML 1.1 or older |
| 5045 | (getSession()->fEnumDefaultPropParams==1) // ..or explicitly enabled |
| 5046 | ) |
| 5047 | ) { |
| 5048 | // add the name extending enum values as param names |
| 5049 | TEnumerationDef *enumP = paramP->convdef.enumdefs; |
| 5050 | while(enumP) { |
| 5051 | if (!TCFG_ISEMPTY(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.empty() && enumP->enummode==enm_translate) { |
| 5052 | // create new param list entry |
| 5053 | nextParamPP = addCTDataToList(newDevInfCTData(TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.c_str()),nextParamPP); |
| 5054 | } |
| 5055 | enumP=enumP->next; |
| 5056 | } |
| 5057 | } |
| 5058 | else { |
| 5059 | // - proper parameter with valEnum list |
| 5060 | SmlDevInfCTDataPtr_t paramdataP = newDevInfCTData(TCFG_CSTR(paramP->paramname)paramP->paramname.c_str()); |
| 5061 | // - add valenums if any |
| 5062 | SmlPcdataListPtr_t *nextValenumPP = &(paramdataP->valenum); |
| 5063 | TEnumerationDef *enumP = paramP->convdef.enumdefs; |
| 5064 | while(enumP) { |
| 5065 | if (!TCFG_ISEMPTY(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.empty() && enumP->enummode==enm_translate) { |
| 5066 | // create new valenum list entry |
| 5067 | nextValenumPP = addPCDataStringToList(TCFG_CSTR(enumP->enumtext)enumP->enumtext.c_str(),nextValenumPP); |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | enumP=enumP->next; |
| 5070 | } |
| 5071 | // - add it to the params list |
| 5072 | nextParamPP = addCTDataToList(paramdataP,nextParamPP); |
| 5073 | } |
| 5074 | } // if param to be shown |
| 5075 | paramP=paramP->next; |
| 5076 | } |
| 5077 | // - get possible size limit and notruncate flag |
| 5078 | uInt32 sz=0; // no size limit by default |
| 5079 | bool noTruncate=false; // by default, truncation is ok |
| 5080 | TFieldDefinition *fieldDefP = NULL__null; |
| 5081 | for (sInt16 i=0; i<propP->numValues; i++) { |
| 5082 | sInt16 fid=propP->convdefs[0].fieldid; |
| 5083 | if (fid>=0) { |
| 5084 | // Field type (we need it later when we have a maxsize, which is only allowed together with a datatype in 1.1 DTD) |
| 5085 | if (!fieldDefP) |
| 5086 | fieldDefP = fItemTypeP->getFieldDefinition(fid); |
| 5087 | // Size |
| 5088 | uInt32 fsz = fItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(fid)->maxsize; // only if related datastore (i.e. SyncML context) |
| 5089 | // - smallest non-fieldblock (excludes RRULE-type special conversions), not-unknown and not-unlimited maxsize is used |
| 5090 | if (fieldBlockSize(propP->convdefs[0])==1 && (sz==0 || sz>fsz) && fsz!=FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_NONE0 && sInt32(fsz)!=FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_UNKNOWN-1) |
| 5091 | sz=fsz; |
| 5092 | // If any field requests no truncation, report noTruncate |
| 5093 | if (getSession()->getSyncMLVersion()>=syncml_vers_1_2 && fItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(fid)->notruncate) |
| 5094 | noTruncate=true; |
| 5095 | } |
| 5096 | } |
| 5097 | // - calculate our own maxoccur (value in our field options is not used for now %%%) |
| 5098 | uInt32 maxOccur=0; |
| 5099 | if (getSession()->getSyncMLVersion()>=syncml_vers_1_2) { |
| 5100 | if (propP->nameExts) { |
| 5101 | // name extensions determine repeat count |
| 5102 | TPropNameExtension *extP = propP->nameExts; |
| 5103 | while (extP) { |
| 5104 | if (!extP->readOnly) { |
| 5105 | if (extP->maxRepeat==REP_ARRAY32767) { |
| 5106 | // no limit |
| 5107 | maxOccur=0; // unlimited |
| 5108 | break; // prevent other name extensions to intervene |
| 5109 | } |
| 5110 | else { |
| 5111 | // limited number of occurrences, add to count |
| 5112 | maxOccur+=extP->maxRepeat; |
| 5113 | } |
| 5114 | } |
| 5115 | // next |
| 5116 | extP=extP->next; |
| 5117 | } |
| 5118 | } |
| 5119 | else { |
| 5120 | // not repeating: property may not occur more than once |
| 5121 | maxOccur=1; |
| 5122 | } |
| 5123 | } |
| 5124 | // - some SyncML 1.0 clients crash when they see type/size |
| 5125 | if (!(getSession()->fShowTypeSzInCTCap10) && getSession()->getSyncMLVersion()<=syncml_vers_1_0) { |
| 5126 | sz = 0; // prevent size/type in SyncML 1.0 (as old clients like S55 crash if it is included) |
| 5127 | } |
| 5128 | // - find out if we need to show the type (before SyncML 1.2, Size MUST be preceeded by DataType) |
| 5129 | // On the other hand, DataType MUST NOT be used in 1.2 for VersIt types!!! |
| 5130 | cAppCharP dataType=NULL__null; |
| 5131 | if (sz!=0 && fieldDefP && getSession()->getSyncMLVersion()<syncml_vers_1_2) { |
| 5132 | // we have a size, so we NEED a datatype |
| 5133 | TPropDataTypes dt = devInfPropTypes[fieldDefP->type]; |
| 5134 | if (dt==proptype_text) dt=proptype_chr; // SyncML 1.1 does not have "text" type |
| 5135 | if (dt!=proptype_unknown) |
| 5136 | dataType = propDataTypeNames[dt]; |
| 5137 | } |
| 5138 | // - add property data descriptor |
| 5139 | propdataP->prop = newDevInfCTData(TCFG_CSTR(propP->propname)propP->propname.c_str(),sz,noTruncate,maxOccur,dataType); |
| 5140 | if (propP->convdefs && (propP->convdefs->convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF)==CONVMODE_VERSION1) { |
| 5141 | // special case: add version valenum |
| 5142 | addPCDataStringToList(aItemTypeP->getTypeVers(),&(propdataP->prop->valenum)); |
| 5143 | } |
| 5144 | // add it if not already same-named property in the list, otherwise discard it |
| 5145 | addCTDataPropToListIfNotExists(propdataP,aPropListPP); |
| 5146 | } // if to be shown in CTCap |
| 5147 | propP=propP->next; |
| 5148 | } // while properties |
| 5149 | } // normal profile defined in config |
| 5150 | // add properties of other levels |
| 5151 | const TProfileDefinition *subprofileP = aProfileP->subLevels; |
| 5152 | while (subprofileP) { |
| 5153 | // only if the current profile is the selected profile, properties of ALL contained subprofiles will be shown |
| 5154 | // (otherwise, selection might be within the current profile, so we need to pass on the selection) |
| 5155 | enumerateProperties(subprofileP,aPropListPP,aProfileP==aSelectedProfileP ? NULL__null : aSelectedProfileP, aItemTypeP); |
| 5156 | // next |
| 5157 | subprofileP=subprofileP->next; |
| 5158 | } |
| 5159 | } |
| 5160 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::enumerateProperties |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | // helper: enumerate filter properties |
| 5164 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::enumeratePropFilters(const TProfileDefinition *aProfileP, SmlPcdataListPtr_t &aFilterProps, const TProfileDefinition *aSelectedProfileP, TMimeDirItemType *aItemTypeP) |
| 5165 | { |
| 5166 | // add all properties of this level (if enabled) |
| 5167 | // Note: if this is the explicitly selected (sub)profile, it will be shown under any circumstances |
| 5168 | if (!aProfileP->shownIfSelectedOnly || aProfileP==aSelectedProfileP) { |
| 5169 | const TPropertyDefinition *propP = aProfileP->propertyDefs; |
| 5170 | while (propP) { |
| 5171 | if ( |
| 5172 | propP->canFilter && |
| 5173 | (propP->showInCTCap || aProfileP==aSelectedProfileP) && |
| 5174 | propP->convdefs && (propP->convdefs[0].convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF)!=CONVMODE_VERSION1 && (propP->convdefs[0].convmode & CONVMODE_MASK0xFF)!=CONVMODE_PRODID2 |
| 5175 | ) { |
| 5176 | // Note: properties of explicitly selected (sub)profiles will be shown anyway, |
| 5177 | // as only purpose of suppressing properties in devInf is to avoid |
| 5178 | // duplicate listing in case of multiple subprofiles in ONE CTCap. |
| 5179 | // - add property name to filter property list |
| 5180 | addPCDataStringToList(TCFG_CSTR(propP->propname)propP->propname.c_str(), &aFilterProps); |
| 5181 | } // if to be shown in filterCap |
| 5182 | propP=propP->next; |
| 5183 | } |
| 5184 | } |
| 5185 | // add properties of other levels |
| 5186 | const TProfileDefinition *subprofileP = aProfileP->subLevels; |
| 5187 | while (subprofileP) { |
| 5188 | if (aSelectedProfileP==NULL__null || subprofileP==aSelectedProfileP) { |
| 5189 | // only if the current profile is the selected profile, filter properties of ALL contained subprofiles will be shown |
| 5190 | enumeratePropFilters(subprofileP,aFilterProps,aProfileP==aSelectedProfileP ? NULL__null : aSelectedProfileP, aItemTypeP); |
| 5191 | } |
| 5192 | // next |
| 5193 | subprofileP=subprofileP->next; |
| 5194 | } |
| 5195 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::enumeratePropFilters |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | #ifdef OBJECT_FILTERING1 |
| 5199 | |
| 5200 | // Filtering: add keywords and property names to filterCap |
| 5201 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::addFilterCapPropsAndKeywords(SmlPcdataListPtr_t &aFilterKeywords, SmlPcdataListPtr_t &aFilterProps, TTypeVariantDescriptor aVariantDescriptor, TSyncItemType *aItemTypeP) |
| 5202 | { |
| 5203 | // get pointer to selected variant (if none, all variants will be shown) |
| 5204 | const TProfileDefinition *selectedSubprofileP = (const TProfileDefinition *)aVariantDescriptor; |
| 5205 | // get pointer to mimedir item type |
| 5206 | TMimeDirItemType *mimeDirItemTypeP; |
| 5207 | GET_CASTED_PTR(mimeDirItemTypeP,TMimeDirItemType,aItemTypeP,"MIME-DIR profile used with non-MIME-DIR type"){ mimeDirItemTypeP = dynamic_cast<TMimeDirItemType *>(aItemTypeP ); if (!mimeDirItemTypeP) { throw TSyncException("MIME-DIR profile used with non-MIME-DIR type" ); } }; |
| 5208 | // add name of all properties that have canFilter attribute set |
| 5209 | enumeratePropFilters(fProfileDefinitionP,aFilterProps,selectedSubprofileP, mimeDirItemTypeP); |
| 5210 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::addFilterCapPropsAndKeywords |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | #endif // OBJECT_FILTERING |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | // generates SyncML-Devinf property list for type |
| 5217 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropListPtr_t TMimeDirProfileHandler::newCTDataPropList(TTypeVariantDescriptor aVariantDescriptor, TSyncItemType *aItemTypeP) |
| 5218 | { |
| 5219 | TMimeDirItemType *itemTypeP = static_cast<TMimeDirItemType *>(aItemTypeP); |
| 5220 | // get pointer to selected variant (if none, all variants will be shown) |
| 5221 | const TProfileDefinition *selectedSubprofileP = (const TProfileDefinition *)aVariantDescriptor; |
| 5222 | // generate new list |
| 5223 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropListPtr_t proplistP = SML_NEW(SmlDevInfCTDataPropList_t)((SmlDevInfCTDataPropList_t*) _smlMalloc(sizeof(SmlDevInfCTDataPropList_t ))); |
| 5224 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropListPtr_t nextpropP = proplistP; |
| 5225 | // generate BEGIN property |
| 5226 | // - add property contents |
| 5227 | nextpropP->data = SML_NEW(SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t)((SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t*) _smlMalloc(sizeof(SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t ))); |
| 5228 | nextpropP->data->param=NULL__null; // no params |
| 5229 | // - property data descriptor |
| 5230 | SmlDevInfCTDataPtr_t pdataP = newDevInfCTData("BEGIN"); |
| 5231 | nextpropP->data->prop = pdataP; |
| 5232 | // - add valenums for all profiles and subprofiles |
| 5233 | SmlPcdataListPtr_t *liststartPP = &pdataP->valenum; |
| 5234 | enumerateLevels(fProfileDefinitionP,liststartPP,selectedSubprofileP,itemTypeP); |
| 5235 | // generate END property |
| 5236 | nextpropP->next = SML_NEW(SmlDevInfCTDataPropList_t)((SmlDevInfCTDataPropList_t*) _smlMalloc(sizeof(SmlDevInfCTDataPropList_t ))); |
| 5237 | nextpropP=nextpropP->next; |
| 5238 | // - add property contents |
| 5239 | nextpropP->data = SML_NEW(SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t)((SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t*) _smlMalloc(sizeof(SmlDevInfCTDataProp_t ))); |
| 5240 | nextpropP->data->param=NULL__null; // no params |
| 5241 | // - property data descriptor |
| 5242 | pdataP = newDevInfCTData("END"); |
| 5243 | nextpropP->data->prop = pdataP; |
| 5244 | // - add valenums for all profiles and subprofiles |
| 5245 | liststartPP = &pdataP->valenum; |
| 5246 | enumerateLevels(fProfileDefinitionP,liststartPP,selectedSubprofileP,itemTypeP); |
| 5247 | // generate all other properties of all levels |
| 5248 | nextpropP->next=NULL__null; // in case no properties are found |
| 5249 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropListPtr_t *propstartPP = &nextpropP->next; |
| 5250 | enumerateProperties(fProfileDefinitionP,propstartPP,selectedSubprofileP,itemTypeP); |
| 5251 | // done |
| 5252 | return proplistP; |
| 5253 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::newCTDataPropList |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 | // Analyze CTCap part of devInf |
| 5257 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::analyzeCTCap(SmlDevInfCTCapPtr_t aCTCapP, TSyncItemType *aItemTypeP) |
| 5258 | { |
| 5259 | TMimeDirItemType *itemTypeP = static_cast<TMimeDirItemType *>(aItemTypeP); |
| 5260 | // assume all sublevels enabled (as long as we don't get a |
| 5261 | // BEGIN CTCap listing all the available levels. |
| 5262 | //aItemTypeP->setLevelOptions(NULL,true); |
| 5263 | // check details |
| 5264 | SmlDevInfCTDataPropListPtr_t proplistP = aCTCapP->prop; |
| 5265 | if (proplistP) { |
| 5266 | if (!itemTypeP->fReceivedFieldDefs) { |
| 5267 | // there is a propList, and we haven't scanned one already for this type |
| 5268 | // (could be the case for DS 1.2 vCalendar where we get events & tasks separately) |
| 5269 | // so disable all non-mandatory fields first (available ones will be re-enabled) |
| 5270 | for (sInt16 i=0; i<itemTypeP->fFieldDefinitionsP->numFields(); i++) { |
| 5271 | itemTypeP->getFieldOptions(i)->available=false; |
| 5272 | } |
| 5273 | // force mandatory properties to be always "available" |
| 5274 | setfieldoptions(NULL__null,fProfileDefinitionP,itemTypeP); |
| 5275 | } |
| 5276 | // now we have received fields |
| 5277 | itemTypeP->fReceivedFieldDefs=true; |
| 5278 | } |
| 5279 | while (proplistP) { |
| 5280 | // get property descriptor |
| 5281 | SmlDevInfCTDataPtr_t propP = proplistP->data->prop; |
| 5282 | // see if we have this property in any of the levels |
| 5283 | setfieldoptions(propP,fProfileDefinitionP,itemTypeP); |
| 5284 | // next property in CTCap |
| 5285 | proplistP=proplistP->next; |
| 5286 | } // properties in CTCap |
| 5287 | return true; |
| 5288 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::analyzeCTCap |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | |
| 5292 | // %%%%% dummy for now |
| 5293 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::setLevelOptions(const char *aLevelName, bool aEnable, TMimeDirItemType *aItemTypeP) |
| 5294 | { |
| 5295 | // do it recursively. |
| 5296 | // %%% we need to have a flag somewhere for these |
| 5297 | // don't we have one already??? |
| 5298 | // YES, its fSubLevelRestrictions (supposedly a bitmask for max 32 levels) |
| 5299 | // %%% checking the levels and ignoring incoming/outgoing items with |
| 5300 | // wrong levels must be added later |
| 5301 | return true; |
| 5302 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::setLevelOptions |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | // enable fields related to aPropP property in profiles recursively |
| 5308 | // or (if aPropP is NULL), enable fields of all mandatory properties |
| 5309 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::setfieldoptions( |
| 5310 | const SmlDevInfCTDataPtr_t aPropP, // property to enable fields for, NULL if all mandatory properties should be enabled |
| 5311 | const TProfileDefinition *aProfileP, |
| 5312 | TMimeDirItemType *aItemTypeP |
| 5313 | ) |
| 5314 | { |
| 5315 | // set defaults |
| 5316 | sInt32 propsize = FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_NONE0; |
| 5317 | sInt32 maxOccur = 0; // none by default |
| 5318 | bool noTruncate=false; |
| 5319 | const char* propname = NULL__null; |
| 5320 | TFieldOptions *fo; |
| 5321 | // get params from CTCap property definition (if any) |
| 5322 | if (aPropP) { |
| 5323 | // get name of CTCap property |
| 5324 | propname = smlPCDataToCharP(aPropP->name); |
| 5325 | // get possible maxSize |
| 5326 | if (aPropP->maxsize) { |
| 5327 | if (getSession()->fIgnoreDevInfMaxSize) { |
| 5328 | // remote rule flags maxsize as invalid (like in E90), flag it as unknown (but possibly limited) |
| 5329 | propsize = FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_UNKNOWN-1; |
| 5330 | } |
| 5331 | else { |
| 5332 | // treat as valid |
| 5333 | StrToLong(smlPCDataToCharP(aPropP->maxsize),propsize); |
| 5334 | } |
| 5335 | } |
| 5336 | // get possible maxOccur |
| 5337 | if (aPropP->maxoccur) { |
| 5338 | StrToLong(smlPCDataToCharP(aPropP->maxoccur),maxOccur); |
| 5339 | } |
| 5340 | // get possible noTruncate |
| 5341 | if (aPropP->flags & SmlDevInfNoTruncate_f0x0020) |
| 5342 | noTruncate=true; |
| 5343 | // check for BEGIN to check for enabled sublevels |
| 5344 | if (strucmp(propname,"BEGIN")==0) { |
| 5345 | // check ValEnums that denote supported levels |
| 5346 | SmlPcdataListPtr_t valenumP = aPropP->valenum; |
| 5347 | if (valenumP) { |
| 5348 | // we HAVE supported BEGINs listed, so disable all levels first |
| 5349 | // and have them individually enabled below according to ValEnums |
| 5350 | setLevelOptions(NULL__null,false,aItemTypeP); |
| 5351 | } |
| 5352 | while (valenumP) { |
| 5353 | // get sublevel name |
| 5354 | const char *slname = smlPCDataToCharP(valenumP->data); |
| 5355 | setLevelOptions(slname,true,aItemTypeP); // enable this one |
| 5356 | // check next |
| 5357 | valenumP=valenumP->next; |
| 5358 | } |
| 5359 | } |
| 5360 | } // if enabling for specified property |
| 5361 | // enable all fields related to this property and set options |
| 5362 | const TPropertyDefinition *propdefP = aProfileP->propertyDefs; |
| 5363 | sInt16 j,q,i,o,r,bs; |
| 5364 | while (propdefP) { |
| 5365 | // compare |
| 5366 | if ( |
| 5367 | (propname==NULL__null && propdefP->mandatory) || |
| 5368 | (propname && (strucmp(propname,TCFG_CSTR(propdefP->propname)propdefP->propname.c_str())==0)) |
| 5369 | ) { |
| 5370 | // match (or enabling mandatory) -> enable all fields that are related to this property |
| 5371 | // - values |
| 5372 | for (i=0; i<propdefP->numValues; i++) { |
| 5373 | // base field ID |
| 5374 | j=propdefP->convdefs[i].fieldid; |
| 5375 | bs=fieldBlockSize(propdefP->convdefs[i]); |
| 5376 | if (j>=0) { |
| 5377 | // field supported |
| 5378 | TPropNameExtension *pneP = propdefP->nameExts; |
| 5379 | if (pneP) { |
| 5380 | while(pneP) { |
| 5381 | o = pneP->fieldidoffs; |
| 5382 | if (o>=0) { |
| 5383 | r=0; |
| 5384 | // for all repetitions (but only for first if mode is REP_ARRAY |
| 5385 | // or field is an array) |
| 5386 | do { |
| 5387 | // make entire field block addressed by this convdef available |
| 5388 | // and set maxoccur/notruncate |
| 5389 | for (q=0; q<bs; q++) { |
| 5390 | // flag available |
| 5391 | fo = aItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(j+o+q); |
| 5392 | if (fo) fo->available=true; |
| 5393 | } |
| 5394 | // set size if specified (only for first field in block) |
| 5395 | fo = aItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(j+o); |
| 5396 | if (fo) { |
| 5397 | if (propsize!=FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_NONE0) fo->maxsize=propsize; |
| 5398 | // set maxoccur if specified |
| 5399 | if (maxOccur!=0) fo->maxoccur=maxOccur; |
| 5400 | // set noTruncate |
| 5401 | if (noTruncate) fo->notruncate=true; |
| 5402 | } |
| 5403 | // next |
| 5404 | o+=pneP->repeatInc; |
| 5405 | } while ( |
| 5406 | ++r < pneP->maxRepeat && |
| 5407 | pneP->maxRepeat!=REP_ARRAY32767 |
| 5408 | #ifdef ARRAYFIELD_SUPPORT1 |
| 5409 | && !aItemTypeP->getFieldDefinition(j)->array |
| 5410 | #endif |
| 5411 | ); |
| 5412 | } |
| 5413 | pneP=pneP->next; |
| 5414 | } |
| 5415 | } |
| 5416 | else { |
| 5417 | // single variant, non-repeating property |
| 5418 | // make entire field block addressed by this convdef available |
| 5419 | for (q=0; q<bs; q++) { fo = aItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(j+q); if (fo) fo->available=true; } |
| 5420 | // set size if specified |
| 5421 | fo = aItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(j); |
| 5422 | if (fo) { |
| 5423 | if (propsize!=FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_NONE0) fo->maxsize=propsize; |
| 5424 | // set maxoccur if specified |
| 5425 | if (maxOccur!=0) fo->maxoccur=maxOccur; |
| 5426 | // set noTruncate |
| 5427 | if (noTruncate) fo->notruncate=true; |
| 5428 | } |
| 5429 | } |
| 5430 | } |
| 5431 | } // enable values |
| 5432 | // - parameter values |
| 5433 | const TParameterDefinition *paramdefP = propdefP->parameterDefs; |
| 5434 | while(paramdefP) { |
| 5435 | // base field ID |
| 5436 | j=paramdefP->convdef.fieldid; |
| 5437 | bs=fieldBlockSize(paramdefP->convdef); |
| 5438 | if (j>=0) { |
| 5439 | // field supported |
| 5440 | TPropNameExtension *pneP = propdefP->nameExts; |
| 5441 | if (pneP) { |
| 5442 | while(pneP) { |
| 5443 | o = pneP->fieldidoffs; |
| 5444 | if (o>=0) { |
| 5445 | r=0; |
| 5446 | // for all repetitions |
| 5447 | do { |
| 5448 | // make entire field block addressed by this convdef available |
| 5449 | for (q=0; q<bs; q++) { fo = aItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(j+o+q); if (fo) fo->available=true; } |
| 5450 | // set size if specified |
| 5451 | fo = aItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(j+o); |
| 5452 | if (propsize!=FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_NONE0 && fo) fo->maxsize=propsize; |
| 5453 | // Note: MaxOccur and NoTruncate are not relevant for parameter values |
| 5454 | // next |
| 5455 | o+=pneP->repeatInc; |
| 5456 | } while ( |
| 5457 | ++r < pneP->maxRepeat && |
| 5458 | pneP->maxRepeat!=REP_ARRAY32767 |
| 5459 | #ifdef ARRAYFIELD_SUPPORT1 |
| 5460 | && !aItemTypeP->getFieldDefinition(j)->array |
| 5461 | #endif |
| 5462 | ); |
| 5463 | } |
| 5464 | pneP=pneP->next; |
| 5465 | } |
| 5466 | } |
| 5467 | else { |
| 5468 | // single variant, non-repeating property |
| 5469 | // make entire field block addressed by this convdef available |
| 5470 | for (q=0; q<bs; q++) { fo=aItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(j+q); if (fo) fo->available=true; } |
| 5471 | // set size if specified |
| 5472 | fo = aItemTypeP->getFieldOptions(j); |
| 5473 | if (propsize!=FIELD_OPT_MAXSIZE_NONE0 && fo) fo->maxsize=propsize; |
| 5474 | } |
| 5475 | } |
| 5476 | paramdefP=paramdefP->next; |
| 5477 | } // while |
| 5478 | } // if known property |
| 5479 | propdefP=propdefP->next; |
| 5480 | } |
| 5481 | // now enable fields in all subprofiles |
| 5482 | const TProfileDefinition *subprofileP = aProfileP->subLevels; |
| 5483 | while (subprofileP) { |
| 5484 | setfieldoptions(aPropP,subprofileP,aItemTypeP); |
| 5485 | // next |
| 5486 | subprofileP=subprofileP->next; |
| 5487 | } |
| 5488 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::setfieldoptions |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 | // set mode (for those profiles that have more than one, like MIME-DIR's old/standard) |
| 5493 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::setProfileMode(sInt32 aMode) |
| 5494 | { |
| 5495 | fProfileMode = aMode; |
| 5496 | // determine derived mime mode |
| 5497 | switch (aMode) { |
| 5498 | case PROFILEMODE_OLD : fMimeDirMode=mimo_old; break; // 1 = old = vCard 2.1 / vCalendar 1.0 |
| 5499 | default : fMimeDirMode=mimo_standard; break; // anything else = standard = vCard 3.0 / iCalendar 2.0 style |
| 5500 | } |
| 5501 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::setProfileMode |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 | #ifndef NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::setRemoteRule(const string &aRemoteRuleName) |
| 5507 | { |
| 5508 | TSessionConfig *scP = getSession()->getSessionConfig(); |
| 5509 | TRemoteRulesList::iterator pos; |
| 5510 | for(pos=scP->fRemoteRulesList.begin();pos!=scP->fRemoteRulesList.end();pos++) { |
| 5511 | if((*pos)->fElementName == aRemoteRuleName) { |
| 5512 | // only this rule and all rules included by it rule must be active |
| 5513 | fActiveRemoteRules.clear(); |
| 5514 | activateRemoteRule(*pos); |
| 5515 | break; |
| 5516 | } |
| 5517 | } |
| 5518 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::setRemoteRule |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | void TMimeDirProfileHandler::activateRemoteRule(TRemoteRuleConfig *aRuleP) |
| 5521 | { |
| 5522 | // activate this rule (similar code as in TSyncSession::checkRemoteSpecifics() |
| 5523 | fActiveRemoteRules.push_back(aRuleP); |
| 5524 | // - apply options that have a value |
| 5525 | //if (aRuleP->fLegacyMode>=0) fLegacyMode = aRuleP->fLegacyMode; |
| 5526 | //if (aRuleP->fLenientMode>=0) fLenientMode = aRuleP->fLenientMode; |
| 5527 | //if (aRuleP->fLimitedFieldLengths>=0) fLimitedRemoteFieldLengths = aRuleP->fLimitedFieldLengths; |
| 5528 | if (aRuleP->fDontSendEmptyProperties>=0) fDontSendEmptyProperties = aRuleP->fDontSendEmptyProperties; |
| 5529 | if (aRuleP->fDoQuote8BitContent>=0) fDoQuote8BitContent = aRuleP->fDoQuote8BitContent; |
| 5530 | if (aRuleP->fDoNotFoldContent>=0) fDoNotFoldContent = aRuleP->fDoNotFoldContent; |
| 5531 | //if (aRuleP->fNoReplaceInSlowsync>=0) fNoReplaceInSlowsync = aRuleP->fNoReplaceInSlowsync; |
| 5532 | if (aRuleP->fTreatRemoteTimeAsLocal>=0) fTreatRemoteTimeAsLocal = aRuleP->fTreatRemoteTimeAsLocal; |
| 5533 | if (aRuleP->fTreatRemoteTimeAsUTC>=0) fTreatRemoteTimeAsUTC = aRuleP->fTreatRemoteTimeAsUTC; |
| 5534 | if (aRuleP->fVCal10EnddatesSameDay>=0) fVCal10EnddatesSameDay = aRuleP->fVCal10EnddatesSameDay; |
| 5535 | //if (aRuleP->fIgnoreDevInfMaxSize>=0) fIgnoreDevInfMaxSize = aRuleP->fIgnoreDevInfMaxSize; |
| 5536 | //if (aRuleP->fIgnoreCTCap>=0) fIgnoreCTCap = aRuleP->fIgnoreCTCap; |
| 5537 | //if (aRuleP->fDSPathInDevInf>=0) fDSPathInDevInf = aRuleP->fDSPathInDevInf; |
| 5538 | //if (aRuleP->fDSCgiInDevInf>=0) fDSCgiInDevInf = aRuleP->fDSCgiInDevInf; |
| 5539 | //if (aRuleP->fUpdateClientDuringSlowsync>=0) fUpdateClientDuringSlowsync = aRuleP->fUpdateClientDuringSlowsync; |
| 5540 | //if (aRuleP->fUpdateServerDuringSlowsync>=0) fUpdateServerDuringSlowsync = aRuleP->fUpdateServerDuringSlowsync; |
| 5541 | //if (aRuleP->fAllowMessageRetries>=0) fAllowMessageRetries = aRuleP->fAllowMessageRetries; |
| 5542 | //if (aRuleP->fStrictExecOrdering>=0) fStrictExecOrdering = aRuleP->fStrictExecOrdering; |
| 5543 | //if (aRuleP->fTreatCopyAsAdd>=0) fTreatCopyAsAdd = aRuleP->fTreatCopyAsAdd; |
| 5544 | //if (aRuleP->fCompleteFromClientOnly>=0) fCompleteFromClientOnly = aRuleP->fCompleteFromClientOnly; |
| 5545 | //if (aRuleP->fRequestMaxTime>=0) fRequestMaxTime = aRuleP->fRequestMaxTime; |
| 5546 | if (aRuleP->fDefaultOutCharset!=chs_unknown) fDefaultOutCharset = aRuleP->fDefaultOutCharset; |
| 5547 | if (aRuleP->fDefaultInCharset!=chs_unknown) fDefaultInCharset = aRuleP->fDefaultInCharset; |
| 5548 | // - possibly override decisions that are otherwise made by session |
| 5549 | // Note: this is not a single option because we had this before rule options were tristates. |
| 5550 | //if (aRuleP->fForceUTC>0) fRemoteCanHandleUTC=true; |
| 5551 | //if (aRuleP->fForceLocaltime>0) fRemoteCanHandleUTC=false; |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 | // now recursively activate included rules |
| 5554 | TRemoteRulesList::iterator pos; |
| 5555 | for(pos=aRuleP->fSubRulesList.begin();pos!=aRuleP->fSubRulesList.end();pos++) { |
| 5556 | activateRemoteRule(*pos); |
| 5557 | } |
| 5558 | } |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | // check if given rule (by name, or if aRuleName=NULL by rule pointer) is active |
| 5561 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::isActiveRule(TRemoteRuleConfig *aRuleP) |
| 5562 | { |
| 5563 | TRemoteRulesList::iterator pos; |
| 5564 | for(pos=fActiveRemoteRules.begin();pos!=fActiveRemoteRules.end();pos++) { |
| 5565 | if ((*pos)==aRuleP) |
| 5566 | return true; |
| 5567 | } |
| 5568 | // no match |
| 5569 | return false; |
| 5570 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::isActiveRule |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | #endif // NO_REMOTE_RULES |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 | // - check mode |
| 5576 | bool TMimeDirProfileHandler::mimeModeMatch(TMimeDirMode aMimeMode) |
| 5577 | { |
| 5578 | return |
| 5579 | aMimeMode==numMimeModes || // not dependent on MIME mode |
| 5580 | aMimeMode==fMimeDirMode; |
| 5581 | } // TMimeDirProfileHandler::mimeModeMatch |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 | /* end of TMimeDirProfileHandler implementation */ |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | |
| 5588 | // Utility functions |
| 5589 | // ----------------- |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 | /// @brief checks two timestamps if they represent an all-day event |
| 5593 | /// @param[in] aStart start time |
| 5594 | /// @param[in] aEnd end time |
| 5595 | /// @return 0 if not allday, x=1..n if allday (spanning x days) by one of the |
| 5596 | /// following criteria: |
| 5597 | /// - both start and end at midnight of the same day (= 1 day) |
| 5598 | /// - both start and end at midnight of different days (= 1..n days) |
| 5599 | /// - start at midnight and end between 23:59:00 and 23:59:59 of |
| 5600 | /// same or different days (= 1..n days) |
| 5601 | uInt16 AlldayCount(lineartime_t aStart, lineartime_t aEnd) |
| 5602 | { |
| 5603 | lineartime_t startTime = lineartime2timeonly(aStart); |
| 5604 | if (startTime!=0) return 0; // start not at midnight -> no allday |
| 5605 | lineartime_t endTime = lineartime2timeonly(aEnd); |
| 5606 | if (endTime==0) { |
| 5607 | if (aStart==aEnd) aEnd += linearDateToTimeFactor; // one day |
| 5608 | } |
| 5609 | else if (endTime>= (23*MinsPerHour+59)*SecsPerMin*secondToLinearTimeFactor) { |
| 5610 | // add one minute to make sure we reach into next day |
| 5611 | aEnd += SecsPerMin*secondToLinearTimeFactor; |
| 5612 | } |
| 5613 | else |
| 5614 | return 0; // allday criteria not met |
| 5615 | // now calculate number of days |
| 5616 | return (aEnd-aStart) / linearDateToTimeFactor; |
| 5617 | } // AlldayCount |
| 5618 | |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 | /// @brief checks two timestamps if they represent an all-day event |
| 5621 | /// @param[in] aStartFldP start time field |
| 5622 | /// @param[in] aEndFldP end time field |
| 5623 | /// @param[in] aTimecontext context to use to check allday criteria for all non-floating timestamps |
| 5624 | /// or UTC timestamps only (if aContextForUTC is set). |
| 5625 | /// @param[in] aContextForUTC if set, context is only applied for UTC timestamps, other non-floatings are checked as-is |
| 5626 | /// @return 0 if not allday, x=1..n if allday (spanning x days) |
| 5627 | uInt16 AlldayCount(TItemField *aStartFldP, TItemField *aEndFldP, timecontext_t aTimecontext, bool aContextForUTC) |
| 5628 | { |
| 5629 | if (!aStartFldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) return 0; |
| 5630 | if (!aEndFldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) return 0; |
| 5631 | TTimestampField *startFldP = static_cast<TTimestampField *>(aStartFldP); |
| 5632 | TTimestampField *endFldP = static_cast<TTimestampField *>(aEndFldP); |
| 5633 | // check in specified time zone if originally UTC (or aContextForUTC not set), otherwise check as-is |
| 5634 | timecontext_t tctx; |
| 5635 | lineartime_t start = startFldP->getTimestampAs(!aContextForUTC || TCTX_IS_UTC(startFldP->getTimeContext()) ? aTimecontext : TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)), &tctx); |
| 5636 | lineartime_t end = endFldP->getTimestampAs(!aContextForUTC || TCTX_IS_UTC(endFldP->getTimeContext()) ? aTimecontext : TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)), &tctx); |
| 5637 | return AlldayCount(start,end); |
| 5638 | } // AlldayCount |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 | /// @brief makes two timestamps represent an all-day event |
| 5642 | /// @param[in/out] aStart start time within the first day, will be set to midnight (00:00:00) |
| 5643 | /// @param[in/out] aEnd end time within the last day or at midnight of the next day, |
| 5644 | /// will be set to midnight of the next day |
| 5645 | /// @param[in] aDays if>0, this is used to calculate the aEnd timestamp (aEnd input is |
| 5646 | /// ignored then) |
| 5647 | void MakeAllday(lineartime_t &aStart, lineartime_t &aEnd, sInt16 aDays) |
| 5648 | { |
| 5649 | lineartime_t duration = 0; |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | // first calculate duration (assuming that even if there's a timezone problem, both |
| 5652 | // timestamps will be affected so duration is still correct) |
| 5653 | if (aDays<=0) { |
| 5654 | // use implicit duration |
| 5655 | duration = aEnd-aStart; |
| 5656 | } else { |
| 5657 | // use explicit duration |
| 5658 | duration = aDays * linearDateToTimeFactor; |
| 5659 | } |
| 5660 | // truncate start to midnight |
| 5661 | aStart = lineartime2dateonlyTime(aStart); |
| 5662 | // calculate timestamp that for sure is in next day |
| 5663 | aEnd = aStart + duration + linearDateToTimeFactor-1; // one unit less than a full day, ensures that 00:00:00 input will remain same day |
| 5664 | // make day-only of next day |
| 5665 | aEnd = lineartime2dateonlyTime(aEnd); |
| 5666 | } // MakeAllday |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 | /// @brief makes two timestamp fields represent an all-day event |
| 5670 | /// @param[in/out] aStartFldP start time within the first day, will be set to dateonly |
| 5671 | /// @param[in/out] aEndFldP end time within the last day or at midnight of the next day, will be set to dateonly of the next day |
| 5672 | /// @param[in] aTimecontext context to calculate day boundaries in (if timestamp is not already floating), can be floating to treat in context of start date |
| 5673 | /// @param[in] aDays if>0, this is used to calculate the aEnd timestamp (aEnd input is |
| 5674 | /// ignored then) |
| 5675 | /// @note fields will be made floating and dateonly |
| 5676 | void MakeAllday(TItemField *aStartFldP, TItemField *aEndFldP, timecontext_t aTimecontext, sInt16 aDays) |
| 5677 | { |
| 5678 | if (!aStartFldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) return; |
| 5679 | if (!aEndFldP->isBasedOn(fty_timestamp)) return; |
| 5680 | TTimestampField *startFldP = static_cast<TTimestampField *>(aStartFldP); |
| 5681 | TTimestampField *endFldP = static_cast<TTimestampField *>(aEndFldP); |
| 5682 | // adjust in specified time zone (or floating) |
| 5683 | timecontext_t tctx; |
| 5684 | lineartime_t start = startFldP->getTimestampAs(aTimecontext,&tctx); |
| 5685 | // context must match, unless either requested-as-is or timestamp is already floating |
| 5686 | if (tctx!=aTimecontext && !TCTX_IS_UNKNOWN(aTimecontext) && !TCTX_IS_UNKNOWN(tctx)) return; // cannot do anything |
| 5687 | // get end in same context as start is |
| 5688 | lineartime_t end = endFldP->getTimestampAs(tctx); |
| 5689 | // make allday |
| 5690 | MakeAllday(start,end,aDays); |
| 5691 | // store back and floating + dateonly |
| 5692 | tctx = TCTX_UNKNOWN((timecontext_t) ((tctx_tz_unknown) | TCTX_SYMBOLIC_TZ)) | TCTX_DATEONLY; |
| 5693 | // for output format capable of date-only |
| 5694 | startFldP->setTimestampAndContext(start,tctx); |
| 5695 | endFldP->setTimestampAndContext(end,tctx); |
| 5696 | } // MakeAllday |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 | } // namespace sysync |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | // eof |